Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Policy and Strategy Committee - 17/09/2026

North Lanarkshire Council · 17 September 2026
Back to Policy and Strategy Committee — 17 September 2026 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

8 September 2026 
Members of the 
Policy and Strategy Committee
Chief Executive’s Office
Rachel Blair
Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic and Strategy)
Civic Centre, Windmillhill Street,
Motherwell ML1 1AB
www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk 
Notice is given that a Meeting of the Policy and Strategy Committee is to be held in the
Council Chamber, Civic Centre, Windmillhill Street, Motherwell, ML1 1AB on Thursday, 17
September 2026 at 14:00 PM which you are requested to attend. 
The agenda of business is attached. 
Rachel Blair
Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic and Strategy) 
Members : 
Clerk Name: Mark Hamill
Clerk Telephone: 07811294702
Clerk Email: committee@northlan.gov.ukk 
J Logue, T Fisher, L Roarty, C Barclay, A Beveridge, H Brannan-McVey, A Campbell, T
Carragher, C Costello, M Coyle, K Duffy, W Goldie, D Johnston, J Leckie, H Loughran, M
McBride, C McManus, M McPake, L Nolan, G Robinson, A Smith, A Stubbs, R Sullivan, S
Watson, G Woods.  
Page 1 of 206

Page 2

Page 2 of 206

Page 3

Agenda 
1 Declarations of Interest In Terms of the Ethical
Standards In Public Life Etc. (Scotland) Act 2000 
Minutes 
2 Minute of Meeting of Audit and Scrutiny Panel of 25
June 2026
Submit the minute of the Meeting of the Audit and
Scrutiny Panel held on 25 June 2026. 
7 - 10 
3 Minute of Meeting of Audit and Scrutiny Panel of 20
August 2026
Submit the minute of the Meeting of the Audit and
Scrutiny Panel held on 20 August 2026. 
11 - 16  
Operational 
4 Delivering the Programme of Work to 2028 -
Achievements to Date
Submit report by the Chief Executive providing an
update on the delivery of the Programme of Work to
2028 and the key achievements to date. 
17 - 54 
5 Leadership and Operating Model – Progress
Update
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Assets and
Procurement) providing an update on the
implementation of the Leadership and Operating Model
transition towards a place-based model for town and
community hubs. 
55 - 74 
6 School Sanitary Accommodation – Update on
Legislative Requirements and Feasibility Review
Submit report by the Acting Depute Chief Executive
providing an overview of the current legislative position,
the implications of the Court of Session judgement for
the Council, and the programme of feasibility work that
is being undertaken across the Council's school
estate. 
75 - 82 
7 Revised Community Ownership and Management
of Council-Owned  Assets Policy
Submit report by the Acting Depute Chief Executive
seeking approval of the revised Community Ownership
and Management of Council-Owned Assets Policy. 
83 - 124
Page 3 of 206

Page 4

8  Update on the Review of the Council’s Democratic,
Committee, and Decision-Making Governance
Procedures
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic
and Strategy) providing an update on progress of the
review of the Council's Democratic, Committee and
Decision-Making governance procedures. 
125 - 150 
9 Preparations for the 2027–2032 Council Term
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic
and Strategy) seeking approval of the arrangements
required for the transition to the 2027–2032 Council
term. 
151 - 162 
10  UK Shared Prosperity Fund 2025/26
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Place) presenting
the financial position of the programme as at 30 June
2026 and providing an update on the transition to the
Local Growth Fund. 
163 - 172 
11  Ravenscraig Primary School Site
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Place) seeking
approval to amend the current Ravenscraig Masterplan
Section 75 legal agreement to substitute the current
allocated school site to a suitable alternative site, to
enable to current site to be released for housing
development. 
173 - 180 
12  North Lanarkshire Half Marathon
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Community
Operations) (1) providing an update on the impact of
the North Lanarkshire Half Marathon and; (2)
proposing that the half marathon be established as an
annual event. 
181 - 188 
13  Mileage Allowance for Parent and Carer Transport
– Children and  Young People with Additional
Support Needs
Submit a report by the Chief Officer (Community
Operations) seeking approval of a mileage allowance
for Parents and Carers of Children and Young People
with Additional Support Needs.               
189 - 196
Page 4 of 206

Page 5

Contracts 
14  Contract Award for Professional Services
Development Agreement for Glenboig Community
Hub
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Assets and
Procurement) seeking approval to award a contract for
Professional Services Development Agreement for
Glenboig Community Hub to Morgan Sindall
Construction & Infrastructure Limited. 
197 - 206  
EXCLUSION OF PUBLIC
The Sub-Committee is asked to consider passing the
following resolution: "That under Section 50A(4) of the
Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973, the public be
excluded from the meeting for the following item of
business on the grounds that it involves the likely
disclosure of exempt information as defined in
paragraph 11 of Part 1 of Schedule 7A of the Act". 
15  Workforce Update
Submit report by the Chief Officer (People Resources)
seeking endorsement of the proposed approach in
relation to a workforce matter. 
Page 5 of 206

Page 6

Page 6 of 206

Page 7

AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL – THURSDAY, 25 JUNE 2026 
1
Thursday, 25 June 2026 at 10am. 
A Meeting of the AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL 
PRESENT 
Councillor Watson, Convener; Councillor Kelly, Vice Convener; Councillors Hughes, Hume, D. Johnston,
Leckie, McCrory, M. McCulloch, McLaren, and Robinson. 
CHAIR 
Councillor Watson (Convener) presided. 
IN ATTENDANCE 
Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic and Strategy); Chief Officer (Finance and Technology); Audit Manager; Risk
Manager; Strategy and Performance Manager; Finance Managers; Accountant; and Democratic Officer. 
ALSO IN ATTENDANCE 
Pauline Murray and Rachel Brough-Mitchell, Audit Scotland. 
APOLOGIES 
John Boyd, Audit Scotland. 
DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST IN TERMS OF THE ETHICAL STANDARDS IN PUBLIC LIFE ETC.
(SCOTLAND) ACT 2000 
1. The meeting noted that there were no declarations of interest. 
INTERNAL AUDIT ANNUAL REPORT AND OPINION 2025/26 
2. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Audit and Risk): (1) informing that the Public Sector
Internal Audit Standards and the Council’s Internal Audit Charter requires the Chief Officer (Audit and
Risk) to provide the Audit and Scrutiny Panel, the Chief Executive, the BMT and the CMT with an
annual summary of the work undertaken by Internal Audit and with an annual independent opinion on
the Council’s Corporate Governance, Risk Management and Internal Control arrangements; (2)
explaining that the report fulfilled that requirement by providing an overview of the activities of the
Internal Audit Section for the year 2025/26 and by presenting, attached as Appendix one to the report,
the Annual Internal Audit Opinion; and (3) advising that the Annual Opinion was unqualified and that
the report offered a reasonable assurance of the Council’s Governance and Internal Control
arrangements. 
During discussion on this matter, a question was asked in respect of which officers committed to
respond outwith the meeting:- 
Councillor Hume requested clarification regarding the impact of the proportionality of the review
process outlined in point six of Appendix four. 
Decided: that the 2025/26 Internal Audit Annual Report and associated Annual Opinion of the
Chief Officer (Audit and Risk), be noted. 
Item 2
Page 7 of 206

Page 8

AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL – THURSDAY, 25 JUNE 2026 
2
STRATEGIC GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK – ANNUAL REVIEW AND REFRESH 
3. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic and Strategy): (1) intimating that
good governance enables the Council to effectively pursue the ambition set out in The Plan for North
Lanarkshire within appropriate controls and the management of risk; (2) attaching in Appendix one to
the report, the seven principles, 21 sub principles, and 91 behaviours and actions that demonstrate
good governance in practice in line with the national CIPFA Delivering Good Governance in Local
Government Framework; and (3) enclosing in Appendix B, within the Strategic Governance
Framework, the Council local code of governance review programme. 
Decided: 
(1) that the annual review which has been undertaken to refresh the Strategic Governance
Framework and ensure each of the elements and mechanisms listed therein (as noted in
Appendix B) are up to date, and on a review programme to be updated and reported to the
relevant Committee be acknowledged; 
(2) that the Panel continue to carry out their role in respect of the Strategic Governance
Framework in terms of providing independent assurance to the Council and those charged
with governance on the adequacy of the Council’s risk management framework and internal
control environment; and 
(3) that the updated Strategic Governance Framework be approved. 
ANNUAL GOVERNANCE STATEMENT 
4. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic and Strategy): (1) advising that
the Annual Governance Statement for 2025/26, attached in Appendix one to the report, outlines the
Council’s governance arrangements for the preceding financial year and demonstrates how the
Council complies with CIPFA Delivering Good Governance in Local Government: Framework (2016)
and supports the Council’s Best Value duty in terms of securing continuous improvement; and (2)
intimating that the Annual Governance Statement had been prepared with evidence gathered from 11
different sources of assurance. 
Councillor Watson, seconded by Councillor Kelly, moved that the Panel agree the recommendations
contained within the report. 
Councillor Robinson, seconded by Councillor D Johnston, moved as an Amendment, to not agree the
recommendations contained within the report and continue the report to a future meeting of the Panel. 
Thereon, in terms of Standing Order 39, the vote was taken by calling the roll. 
On the roll being called, six Members voted for the Motion, as follows: 
Councillors Kelly, Leckie, M McCulloch, McLaren, McCrory, and Watson. 
Four Members voted for the Amendment, as follows: 
Councillors Hughes, Hume, D Johnston and Robinson. 
Six Members having voted for the Motion, and four Members having voted for the Amendment, the
Motion was accordingly declared carried.  
Page 8 of 206

Page 9

AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL – THURSDAY, 25 JUNE 2026 
3
Decided: 
(1) that the Annual Governance Statement for 2025/26 be noted; and 
(2) that the assurance statement regarding the management of the risk of fraud and corruption as
set out in paragraphs 2.7 and 2.8 of the report be included in the Annual Governance
Statement for 2025/26. 
UNAUDITED ANNUAL ACCOUNTS FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31 MARCH 2026 
5. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Finance and Technology): (1) informing the Panel
that the unaudited accounts for the year ended 31 March 2026 had been completed and would be
submitted to Audit Scotland by 30 June 2026 in accordance with the statutory deadline; and (2)
attaching, as the Appendix one to the report, the unaudited Annual Accounts for the year ending 31
March 2026. 
Decided: that the contents of the report and the unaudited Annual Accounts which will be
submitted to the External Auditors by 30 June 2026, be acknowledged. 
Page 9 of 206

Page 10

Page 10 of 206

Page 11

AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL – 20 AUGUST 2026 
1
Thursday, 20 August 2026 at 2pm. 
A Meeting of the AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL 
PRESENT 
Councillor Watson, Convener; Councillor Kelly, Vice-Convener; Councillors Hughes, Hume, D. Johnston,
Leckie, M. McCulloch, Patton and Robinson. 
CHAIR 
Councillor Watson (Convener) presided. 
IN ATTENDANCE 
Chief Officer (Audit and Risk); Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic and Strategy); Chief Officer (Community
Operations); Acting Chief Officer (Housing and Communities); Chief Officer (Place); Strategy and Performance
Manager; Corporate Risk Manager; Audit Manager; Regulatory Services Manager; Manager (Building
Standards); Senior Education and Families Manager; Asset Services Manager; Enterprise Manager; Senior
Project Manager; Contract Performance and Assurance Manager; Engineering Manager; Trainee Accountant
and Democratic Officer. 
APOLOGY 
Councillor McLaren. 
DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST IN TERMS OF THE ETHICAL STANDARDS IN PUBLIC LIFE ETC.
(SCOTLAND) ACT 2000 
1. There were no declarations of interest. 
BUILDING STANDARDS PERFORMANCE – RESPONSE TO AUDIT AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE
ENQUIRY 
2. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Community Operations): (1) setting out the
performance position for Building Standards during 2025/26; (2) outlining the factors which contributed
to the 2025/26 performance remaining below target for building warrant indicators; (3) informing of the
actions being taken to improve performance and strengthen resilience; and (4) confirming that no
additional budget provision or permanent staffing resources are currently being sought. 
Decided: 
(1) that the performance position for Building Standards during 2025/26, be acknowledged; 
(2)  that the factors which contributed to performance remaining below target for building warrant
indicators, be acknowledged; 
(3)  that the actions being taken to improve performance and strengthen service resilience, be
acknowledged; and 
(4)  that it be acknowledged that no additional budget provision or permanent staffing resources
are currently being sought and that performance will continue to be monitored through
established management arrangements. 
Item 3
Page 11 of 206

Page 12

AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL – 20 AUGUST 2026 
2
HOUSING PERFORMANCE UPDATE 
3. There was submitted a report by the Acting Chief Officer (Housing and Communities): (1) providing
an update on the factors contributing to the Red RAG status for the two performance indicators within
the Council’s quarterly performance assurance review report namely: (a) the percentage of anti-social
behaviour cases reported in the previous year that were resolved, and (b) the percentage of tenants
satisfied with the standard of their home when moving in; (2) outlining the actions being taken to
improve performance against the indicators; and (3) providing assurance that future performance
reports would include explanatory narrative on the causes of performance issues and the remedial
measures being implemented to address them. 
During discussion on this matter, a question was asked in respect of which officers committed to
respond outwith the meeting: 
“Can further information on the post inspection of void works by contractors be provided?” (Councillor
Hume). 
Decided: 
(1) that the reasons contributing to the Red RAG status for the two performance indicators, be
acknowledged; 
(2) that the remedial actions being taken to improve performance, be acknowledged; and 
(3) that the assurance that future performance reports will include narrative explaining the causes
of performance issues and the remedial measures being implemented, be acknowledged. 
ROADS AND INFRASTRUCTURE MAINTENANCE AND IMPROVEMENT SERVICES CONTRACT: ROAD
NETWORK CONDITION 
4. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Community Operations): (1) providing information
in response to concerns raised over the condition of roads across North Lanarkshire including the level
of potholes; (2) summarising the latest road network condition data together with a comparison of
reactive maintenance data over recent years through the Scottish Road Maintenance Condition
Survey Data; (3) highlighting the specific data which shows the levels of enquiries and repairs in
relation to potholes over the last four years; and (4) advising of the Roads and Infrastructure Contract’s
governance procedures, contract management regime, and escalations in relation to the contractor’s
performance during the recent period. 
During discussion on this matter, a question was asked in respect of which officers committed to
respond outwith the meeting: 
“Can an analysis of the insurance claims submitted due to damage caused by potholes be provided?”
(Councillor Robinson). 
Decided: 
(1) that the continuing trend in relation to overall road network condition through the Scottish Road
Maintenance Condition Survey Data be acknowledged; 
(2) that the data showing levels of enquiries and repairs in relation to potholes over the last four
years, be acknowledged; and 
(3) that the enhanced contract management regime in place to support the management of the
Contract and the escalations undertaken to drive improvement be acknowledged. 
Page 12 of 206

Page 13

AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL – 20 AUGUST 2026 
3
BARGEDDIE CROSS ROAD SAFETY JUNCTION IMPROVEMENTS – INTERIM REPORT 
5. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Place): (1) providing an update on the delivery of
the Bargeddie Cross road safety junction improvement project; (2) setting out the project scope, costs,
and reasons for the delays; (3) reporting that the delays had been primarily associated with unforeseen
and unavoidable issues in relation to the diversion of buried public utilities; (4) informing of the
contractual arrangements for the works and the governance arrangements associated with the
Infrastructure Maintenance and Improvement Services contract; and (5) highlighting the improvement
actions with respect to the timely provision of updated programmes and the impact on bus
arrangements for pupils. 
Decided: 
(1) that the information contained in the report be noted; 
(2) that the delays primarily associated with unforeseen and unavoidable issues in relation to the
diversion of buried public utilities be acknowledged; and 
(3) that the improvement actions with respect to the timely provision of updated programmes by
the contractor and closer collaboration between the project team, and the school transport
team, be noted. 
INVESTIGATION: BUSINESS GROWTH GRANTS APPLICATIONS 
6. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Audit and Risk): (1) presenting the findings of an
Internal Audit investigation into Business Growth Grants Fund claims; (2) advising that the
investigation had been undertaken in accordance with the Council’s Corporate Fraud Policy, the
Global Internal Audit Standards and the Internal Audit Charter; and (3) setting out the findings,
recommendations and management response. 
During discussion on this matter, a question was asked in respect of which officers committed to
respond outwith the meeting: 
“Can you provide a further explanation in relation to the third grant within Appendix A, and advise of
the difference between this grant, and the other grants detailed at one and two of the table?”
(Councillor Watson). 
Decided: that the key findings and conclusions arising from the investigation report be noted. 
INTERNAL AUDIT: PROGRESS REPORT 
7. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Audit and Risk): (1) providing an overview of Internal
Audit activity and reporting the results of Internal Audit outputs finalised since the last update to the
Panel; (2) highlighting the progress of the 2026/27 Internal Audit plan; and (3) providing an update on
performance management. 
Decided: 
(1) that the content of the Internal Audit reports, together with the associated management
responses, be noted; and 
(2) that further reports be submitted to future meetings of the Panel on the progress in
implementing agreed management actions categorised as ‘High’ or ‘Medium’ priority. 
Page 13 of 206

Page 14

AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL – 20 AUGUST 2026 
4
INTERNAL AUDIT: FOLLOW-UP IMPLEMENTATION OF AUDIT RECOMMENDATIONS 
8. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Audit and Risk): (1) detailing the extent to which
management had implemented actions previously committed to in response to recommendations
contained within Internal Audit reports, where those actions were due to be completed in the period
up to 30 June 2026; (2) advising that Internal Audit had concluded that of the 27 actions agreed in
response to relevant Internal Audit recommendations during the period, 14 had been fully completed,
and of the 13 recommendations that remain outstanding, one has an implementation date which is
more than 12 months overdue; (3) explaining that of the 20 actions due in respect of external outputs,
12 had been completed, five had been partially implemented, one is no longer relevant and two were
not due yet; (4) advising that since April 2021, 95% of all relevant audit recommendations have been
satisfactorily implemented by Services, meaning that only 5% of these audit recommendations remain
outstanding; and (5) attaching, in Appendix one to the report, the register of outstanding Internal Audit
Recommendations. 
Decided: that the contents of the report be noted. 
RISK MANAGEMENT UPDATE 
9. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Audit and Risk): (1) providing an overview of the
Corporate Risk Register and developments on Corporate Risks during the reporting period; and (2)
including a high-level overview of Service Risk Registers, together with a summary of the key
considerations of the Risk Management Corporate Working Group. 
Decided: 
(1) that the Corporate Risk Register, attached at Appendix one to the report, be noted; 
(2) that the changes to corporate risk assessments be noted; 
(3) that the overview of high scoring service level risks, be noted; and 
(4) that the summary of other risk management developments, be noted. 
PERFORMANCE REPORTING SCHEDULE – QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE ASSURANCE REVIEW 
10. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic and Strategy): (1) summarising
the Council’s performance reports in one composite assurance overview to support the Panel in
maintaining strategic oversight and awareness of the Council’s performance reporting arrangements
in line with the Panel’s remit to provide “independent review of the Council’s governance, risk
management, performance, and control frameworks”; and (2) setting out the outcome from the latest
quarterly performance assurance review that has been undertaken on performance reports previously
submitted to Council Committees during cycle 2 of 2026, in line with the most recent Performance
Reporting Schedule. 
Decided: that the composite overview of performance reporting provided in Appendices one
and two, to maintain awareness of the latest Performance Reporting Schedule be
noted. 
NORTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL RESPONSE TO ACCOUNTS COMMISSION FINDINGS ON CYBER
RESILIENCE 
11. There was submitted a joint report by the Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic and Strategy) and Chief
Officer (Finance and Technology): (1) providing details of the Council’s response to the Accounts
Commission report arising from the cyber-attack experienced by Comhairle nan Eilean Siar (Western
Isles Council); (2) setting out the key sector learning identified by the Accounts Commission, providing
Page 14 of 206

Page 15

AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL – 20 AUGUST 2026 
5
a comparative assessment of the Council’s current cyber resilience posture, and highlighting areas of
good practice and opportunities for further strengthening governance, assurance, and preparedness;
and (3) advising that cyber resilience, business continuity, and disaster recovery arrangements have
been reviewed within the last 12 months and a programme of work continues to ensure that
arrangements align with national guidance and recognised standards. 
Decided: 
(1) that the key learning from the Accounts Commission report and the comparative assessment
of the Council’s current cyber resilience posture be acknowledged; 
(2) that the review of cyber resilience, business continuity, and disaster recovery arrangements
within the last 12 months and the programme of work which continues to ensure that
arrangements align with national guidance and recognised standards be acknowledged; 
(3) that all outstanding internal and external audit recommendations relating to IT, cyber security,
business continuity and disaster recovery are subject to clear implementation plans and
timescales, with progress reported periodically to the Finance and Resources Committee and
the Audit and Scrutiny Panel; 
(4) that the roles, responsibilities and accountability for cyber governance, including senior officer
ownership and member oversight, continue to be reviewed to ensure these remain clear,
effective and aligned with good governance practice; 
(5) that it be acknowledged that a structured programme of cyber incident response, disaster
recovery and business continuity testing is in place and lessons learned are incorporated into
continuous improvement; and 
(6) that future assurance reporting includes information on IT capacity, specialist cyber capability,
staff cyber-awareness training, resilience of critical systems and progress against audit
recommendations.
Page 15 of 206

Page 16

Page 16 of 206

Page 17

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Policy and Strategy Committee 
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No
Ref DM/SL Date 17/09/26 
Delivering the Programme of Work - next steps 
From  Des Murray, Chief Executive  
E-mail murraydes@northlan.gov.uk 
Executive Summary
The Programme of Work has reached a significant stage in its evolution, with many original
commitments now completed, embedded within business-as-usual arrangements, or
progressing through established delivery programmes. Over the past three years, the
Programme of Work has established key foundations for transformation through
investment in people, places, infrastructure, sustainability, skills, digital capability, and
organisational improvement, with delivery increasingly moving from individual projects and
initiatives towards a more integrated and strategic approach. 
The midpoint review reported to the Policy and Strategy Committee in June 2026 identified
opportunities to strengthen resilience, accelerate organisational transformation, and adopt
a more integrated council-wide approach to delivery. Following approval of the six new
strategic deliverables arising from that review, these have been integrated into existing
Programme of Work priorities, while a wider review and realignment exercise has
consolidated the existing 96 deliverables into 25 strategic delivery priorities. The revised
framework provides a more coherent and strategically aligned approach to delivery,
bringing together related activity, reducing duplication, strengthening cross-cutting working,
and aligning investment and transformation activity around the council's most significant
priorities and opportunities. 
Progress against the 28 Health Check Indicators demonstrates the positive impact of
delivery to date. During the 2024/25 reporting periods, 50% of indicators showed
improvement over the lifetime of The Plan for North Lanarkshire. This increased to 57% in
September 2025 and 68% in March 2026. While the latest position reflects a decline in one
indicator relating to recorded crime, 64% of indicators continue to demonstrate
improvement over the lifetime of The Plan for North Lanarkshire, providing evidence of the
positive contribution made through delivery of the Programme of Work. 
A key feature of the revised approach is the integration of One Service and Digital North
Lanarkshire as the corporate transformation and enablement framework supporting
delivery across Transforming Places, Sustainable Futures, Resilient People, and Brighter
Futures. Together, they provide the organisational transformation, workforce development,
assurance, performance improvement, digital capability, and innovation required to support
delivery of the council's wider ambitions and strengthen a one council approach. 
The revised framework also recognises the increasing importance of place-based
leadership and locally led transformation. By better aligning investment, transformation
Item 4
Page 17 of 206

Page 18

1. Background 
1.1 Since the Policy and Strategy Committee first approved the Programme of Work as the
delivery vehicle for The Plan for North Lanarkshire, a regular review process has
ensured that it remains current, relevant, and deliverable, enabling delivery to evolve
and respond to local priorities and opportunities. 
1.2 Regular progress updates have also been reported to Policy and Strategy Committee,
supporting effective oversight of key strategic priorities and providing assurance that
the Programme of Work continues to deliver against the ambitions set out in The Plan
for North Lanarkshire, as demonstrated through improvement in the 28 Health Check
Indicators. 
1.3 In this respect, Appendix 1 sets out the latest position for the 28 Health Check Indicators
used to monitor delivery of The Plan for North Lanarkshire. During the 2024/25
reporting periods, 50% of indicators showed improvement over the lifetime of The Plan
for North Lanarkshire. This increased to 57% in September 2025 and 68% in March
2026. While the latest position reflects a decline in one indicator relating to recorded
activity, service redesign, and delivery within a single strategic framework, the council is
better positioned to shape its own future direction, maximise the impact of its resources,
and respond proactively to the opportunities and challenges facing North Lanarkshire. 
Collectively, the revised strategic delivery priorities provide a clearer focus on prevention,
service redesign, organisational transformation, digital enablement, sustainability,
economic growth, and community wellbeing, ensuring that the Programme of Work
remains aligned to the ambitions of The Plan for North Lanarkshire and positioned to
support the next phase of the council's transformation journey. 
Recommendations
It is recommended that the Policy and Strategy Committee: 
(1) Endorse, in principle, the revised strategic delivery framework comprising the 25
strategic delivery priorities for the Programme of Work (set out in Appendix 2),
recognising that these are high-level and indicative at this stage, with further detail to
be presented through the finalised Delivery Plan,
(2) Note the next steps (as set out in paragraphs 2.10 to 2.12 of this report), including
the commitment to present a follow-up report to Policy and Strategy Committee in
cycle 4 of 2026, setting out the detailed Programme of Work Delivery Plan,  
(3) Recognise the significant and sustained role that the Policy and Strategy Committee
has played in supporting delivery of The Plan for North Lanarkshire throughout the
Programme of Work and the progression of key strategic priorities,
(4) Continue to provide strategic oversight of the transformation projects and activities
that underpin the Programme of Work, ensuring their ongoing development, co-
ordination, and monitoring. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
Programme of Work All Programmes of Work
Page 18 of 206

Page 19

crime, 64% of indicators continue to demonstrate improvement over the lifetime of The
Plan for North Lanarkshire, providing evidence of the positive contribution made
through delivery of the Programme of Work. Indicator changes since the previous
update are summarised below: 
• Population estimates show a small decline in the latest annual mid-year estimates;
however, the overall population remains higher than the baseline recorded at the
outset of The Plan for North Lanarkshire.
• The school exclusion rate for looked after children has improved from 26.7% to
26.0%. This has also improved North Lanarkshire's relative position nationally,
moving from 6th to 2nd best in Scotland.
• The proportion of children recorded as having no concerns at their 27 to 30-month
review has increased from 81.8% to 82.5%, continuing the positive trend reported
previously.
• Housing stock across all tenures has increased from 160,073 to 160,894
properties, reflecting continued growth in housing provision across North
Lanarkshire.
• The position in relation to recorded crime has deteriorated since the previous
report. The number of crimes recorded increased from 19,384 in 2024/25 to 20,271
in 2025/26, representing an increase of 4.6%. This has resulted in the indicator
moving from green to red and is the first time recorded crime has exceeded 20,000
incidents since 2020/21. 
1.4 The outcome of the most recent review of the Programme of Work was reported to 
the Policy and Strategy Committee in June 2026. This followed a significant midpoint 
review undertaken to ensure that the Programme of Work remained fit for purpose
within an increasingly challenging and rapidly evolving operating environment. The
review identified opportunities to strengthen resilience, accelerate transformational
change, and adopt a more integrated council-wide approach to delivery, resulting in the
approval of six new strategic deliverables for integration into the existing Programme
of Work. 
1.5 The review also supported implementation of the Council direction for the next phase
of the transformation journey, including the redesign of services to maximise
effectiveness and efficiency. The integration of the six new strategic deliverables
therefore build on and complement existing activity across the Programme of Work,
strengthening the focus on prevention, service redesign, and sustainable long-term
impact while driving more ambitious, integrated, and cross-cutting transformation
across the council. 
1.6 With work progressing to integrate the six new strategic deliverables into the existing
Programme of Work, a parallel exercise to refresh and realign existing commitments
has also been completed. This report presents the resulting updated Programme of
Work framework - set out in Appendix 2 - which consolidates and realigns the existing
96 deliverables into 25 strategic delivery priorities, reflects both existing and new
priorities, and provides the basis for a more integrated and strategically aligned
approach to delivery across the council. 
1.7 This report seeks endorsement in principle for the 25 strategic delivery priorities (set
out in Appendix 2) as the basis for the detailed Delivery Plan currently being developed
for future consideration by the Policy and Strategy Committee in cycle 4 of 2026. 
2. Programme of Work deliverables 
2.1 Following approval of the six new strategic deliverables in June 2026, these have been
Page 19 of 206

Page 20

integrated into existing Programme of Work priorities to strengthen areas where further
transformational impact, integration, and focus are required. Collectively, they enhance
the existing Programme of Work by addressing emerging challenges and opportunities,
accelerating cross-cutting change, and introducing new approaches not previously
reflected within the Programme of Work. 
2.2 Rather than creating additional standalone programmes, these have been incorporated
within existing Programme of Work priorities (as noted in the table below) to strengthen
integration, maximise alignment, and support a more coherent and joined-up approach
to delivery across the council. 
New strategic deliverable Existing Programme of Work integration
1. Whole family additional
support needs hub - to
ensure children and young
people with additional
support needs are given
the right start.
Integrated within Resilient People and Brighter Futures to
strengthen whole family support, inclusive pathways and early
intervention, creating a co-ordinated multi-agency approach that
improves outcomes, wellbeing, and life chances for children and
young people with additional support needs while reducing
reliance on specialist placements and strengthening support
within local communities. The physical hub development will be
delivered through the Transforming Places programme.
2. Curriculum innovation -
to disrupt the sector norm
and deliver alternative
pathways.
Integrated within Brighter Futures to support the development
of a more flexible, inclusive, and future-focused learning system,
aligning education, skills, and workforce development with
emerging economic opportunities, improving positive destinations,
reducing economic inactivity and strengthening workforce
readiness across North Lanarkshire.
3. Preventative public
services - to improve
health and wellbeing
through a single focus.
Integrated within Resilient People and supported through
One Service to accelerate the shift towards prevention, early
intervention, and population wellbeing, aligning services,
resources, and investment around whole family support, reducing
avoidable demand on public services, improving health and
wellbeing, and creating a more sustainable and co-ordinated
model of public service delivery.
4. Mid-market rent - to
improve housing now, and
in the future.
Integrated within Transforming Places to complement the
wider housing and regeneration programmes by addressing
affordability gaps within the housing market, supporting
population growth and retention, enabling town centre
regeneration, and providing a broader range of sustainable
housing options for residents and workers.
5. Connectivity - to deliver
smart, enabled service
transformation.
Integrated within Transforming Places and Resilient People
and enabled through Digital North Lanarkshire to improve
digital connectivity, support the delivery of connected places and
communities, strengthen digital inclusion, enable smart and
connected homes, and provide the digital infrastructure required
to support modern service delivery, economic growth, and
community wellbeing.
6. Artificial intelligence - to
drive innovation and be
digitally ready and able.
Integrated within Digital North Lanarkshire and supported
through One Service to accelerate innovation, automation, and
organisational transformation, strengthening productivity, decision
making, customer experience, and workforce capability while
ensuring the council is equipped to respond to future service
demands and technological change. 
2.3 As noted in the report to the Policy and Strategy Committee in June 2026, the midpoint
review concluded that, as at March 2026, 40% of the Delivery Plan had been completed
and a growing proportion of activity was transitioning to business as usual. The review
also identified opportunities to strengthen integration across the Programme of Work
Page 20 of 206

Page 21

by reducing duplication, improving alignment between priorities, and bringing together
related activity that was previously being delivered through separate workstreams,
projects, and programmes. This reflected both the maturity of the Programme of Work
and the need to focus future delivery on the council's most significant strategic priorities
and transformation ambitions. 
2.4 The outcome of this exercise has been the development of a revised Programme of
Work framework that consolidates and realigns the existing 96 deliverables into 25
strategic delivery priorities. Together, these priorities bring together activity across the
Programme of Work, support the transition of mature activity into business-as-usual
arrangements where appropriate, and provide a clearer and more integrated focus on
the council's most significant strategic challenges, opportunities, and long-term
transformation priorities. Rather than creating additional standalone programmes, the
six new strategic deliverables approved in June 2026 have been incorporated within
the revised framework (as noted in paragraph 2.2) to strengthen integration, maximise
alignment, and support a more coherent approach to delivery across the council. 
2.5  A key feature of the revised framework is the integration of One Service and Digital
North Lanarkshire as the corporate transformation and enablement framework
supporting delivery across Transforming Places, Sustainable Futures, Resilient People,
and Brighter Futures. Together, they provide the organisational transformation,
workforce development, assurance, performance improvement, digital capability, and
innovation required to support delivery of the council's wider strategic priorities. 
2.6 The outcome from this exercise is set out in Appendix 2, this includes: 
• A high-level summary of the latest progress against each of the existing 96
deliverables across the 7 Programme of Work priorities, including progress to date
and, where appropriate, the extent to which activity has transitioned into business-
as-usual arrangements.
• A high-level summary of the achievements delivered through each of the 7
Programme of Work priorities, demonstrating how each priority has evolved since
2023 and highlighting the key changes, improvements, and foundations
established through delivery of the Programme of Work.
• The next phase of delivery for each Programme of Work priority, informed by a
review of existing activity and identifying opportunities to strengthen integration,
align related activity, reduce duplication, and support a more co-ordinated
approach to delivery.
• A revised indicative set of 25 strategic delivery priorities that consolidates and
integrates existing commitments, strengthens alignment across programmes, and
supports a more co-ordinated and integrated approach to delivery across the
council. 
2.7 Collectively, the revised strategic delivery priorities establish clear areas of strategic
focus across the council. Transforming Places provides the focus for place,
regeneration, and physical infrastructure; Sustainable Futures for environmental
sustainability and climate resilience; Resilient People for prevention, wellbeing, and
community resilience; and Brighter Futures for skills, learning, and economic
participation. The combined One Service and Digital North Lanarkshire programme
provides the focus for organisational transformation, reform, and assurance, alongside
digital enablement, connectivity, and innovation.   
2.8  At this stage, the revised 25 strategic delivery priorities are high-level and indicative.
They provide a structure for the workshops scheduled throughout September to
develop the detailed Delivery Plans, enabling discussions around priorities, delivery
Page 21 of 206

Page 22

arrangements, interdependencies, and resources, while retaining sufficient flexibility to
respond to emerging issues, opportunities, and stakeholder feedback. This approach
also supports the development of a detailed Delivery Plan, including delivery
arrangements, timescales, governance, and reporting arrangements, for consideration
by the Policy and Strategy Committee in cycle 4 of 2026. 
2.9 The development of the revised strategic delivery priorities was informed by a number
of core principles designed to ensure continued alignment with the ambitions of The
Plan for North Lanarkshire and support a more integrated approach to delivery across
the council. Collectively, the strategic delivery priorities are intended to: 
• Focus on prevention and address root causes to reduce future demand and
support the long-term sustainability of services.
• Deliver meaningful change that people, communities, and businesses can see and
experience. 
• Promote a stronger one council approach to maximise collaboration, shared
ownership, and collective responsibility. 
• Drive transformational change at scale to reshape how services are designed,
delivered, and integrated. 
• Concentrate effort and resources on the issues of greatest strategic importance to
achieve the greatest impact for North Lanarkshire. 
Next steps 
2.10 Subject to Policy and Strategy Committee endorsement, work will continue to develop
the detailed Programme of Work Delivery Plan. This will include the development of
specific programmes, projects, actions, and activities as well as delivery timescales and
reporting arrangements associated with each of the 25 strategic delivery priorities. 
2.11 The detailed Delivery Plan will reflect the integrated approach set out within this report
and its appendices, ensuring clear alignment between strategic priorities,
transformation activity, service delivery, and organisational resources. It will also
establish arrangements for ongoing monitoring, benefits realisation, committee
oversight, and the supporting governance framework required to provide clear
accountability, effective strategic decision-making, and co-ordinated delivery across the
Programme of Work. 
2.12 A further report will be submitted to the Policy and Strategy Committee in cycle 4 of
2026 presenting the finalised Programme of Work Delivery Plan and the detailed
implementation arrangements for the next phase of delivery. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1   Measures of success will be demonstrated through progress in delivering the
Programme of Work and ensuring that the council’s portfolio of programmes, projects,
plans, and activities has a positive impact on the North Lanarkshire context, as
evidenced by the 28 Health Check Indicators. This will support achievement of the
long-term vision of inclusive growth and prosperity for all, as set out in The Plan for
North Lanarkshire. 
4. Supporting documentation 
4.1 Appendix 1:  28 Health Check Indicators - summary of latest results and RAG status. 
Appendix 2: Programme of Work review and strategic delivery framework (which 
should  be read as a strategic review of delivery to date and a  
Page 22 of 206

Page 23

framework for the next phase of Programme of Work delivery). 
Des Murray
Chief Executive 
5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public Sector
Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s website?
https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-and-fairer-
scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with Finance? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
The legal impact in this report is only in relation to supporting demonstration of the
council’s compliance with the relevant legislation listed below.  It does not introduce
new legal duties or changes to the council’s statutory duty in this respect.
• The Local Government in Scotland Act 2003 introduced the statutory duty of Best
Value which requires the council to “make arrangements which secure Best
Value” and ensure “continuous improvement in the performance of the authority’s
functions”.
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the data
subject?
Page 23 of 206

Page 24

Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has an
assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the Enterprise
Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or Service
or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
The review of the Programme of Work supports management of the Corporate Risks
relating to Governance, Leadership and Decision Making and Delivery of the
Programme of Work by providing a clearer and more integrated framework for
strategic planning, organisational transformation, and service delivery across the
council, together with the governance and oversight arrangements required to
support effective implementation and provide the required assurances.
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the Armed
Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage compared to
other citizens in the provision of public services.
5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has been
made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant Articles
from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC).
Page 24 of 206

Page 25

If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
Page 25 of 206

Page 26

64%
improved over the
period of The Plan
for North
Lanarkshire
Gross weekly pay
£775.10
+ 42%
£545.70
Benefits claimants
2.8%
- 20%
3.5%
Growth in GVA per
head
£30,394
+ 43.4%
£21,198
Employment in
sustainable tourism
29%
+ 15.1%
25.2%
Pupils gaining 5+
awards at level 6
39%
+14.7%
34%
Pupils gaining 5+
awards at level 6
(SIMD)
25%
+ 25%
20%
Positive
destinations
93.9%
+ 2.3%
91.8%
School exclusion
rate, all pupils
9.7 per 1,000 pupils
- 72.4%
35.1
School exclusion
rate, looked after
26 per 1,000  pupils
- 91.8%
317.9
Key to diagram
Indicator title
latest results
% change from baseline
The Plan for North
Lanarkshire baseline
figure
Household waste
recycled
47.9%
+ 16.5%
41.1%
Population
estimates
343,930
+1.1%
340,310
Est housing by
tenure
160,894
+ 4.6%
153,837
Net migration
7.6 per 1,000
population
+ 230%
2.3
GVA per head
sustainable tourism
£13,469
- 13.9%
£15,635
No formal
qualifications
12.8%
- 5.9%
13.6%
Supported at home
to live
independently
67.7%
- 10.2%
75.4%
Supported at home
to improve /
maintain quality of
life
67.7%
- 10.4%
75.6%
Carers supported
to continue in
caring role
28.5%
- 14.2%
33.2%
Economically active
77.1%
- 1%
77.9%
Neighbourhood
rating as place to
live (SIMD)
91.7%
+ 4%
88.2%
Neighbourhood
rating as a place to
live - all
91.9%
- 2.9%
94.6%
Life expectancy at
birth:
male / female
75.2 / 78.9
- 0.1% / - 0.6%
75.3 / 79.4
Children with no
concerns at 27-30
month review
82.5%
+ 1.9%
81%
Businesses 3-year
survival rate
53.4%
- 9%
58.7%
Change in
recorded crime
4.6%
+39.4%
+3.3%
Population
projections
-0.1%
-200%
+ 0.1%
Breastfeeding
35.6%
+54.1%
23.1%
Children in poverty
24.9%
- 1.2%
25.2%
36%
not improved over
the period of The
Plan for North
Lanarkshire
as at August 2026
The Plan for North Lanarkshire - 28 health check indicators Appendix 1
Page 26 of 206

Page 27

Appendix 2: Programme of Work review and strategic delivery framework 
This appendix provides a review of progress and achievements across the Programme of Work and sets out the revised strategic delivery framework for the
next phase of delivery, including the consolidation of 96 deliverables into 25 strategic delivery priorities. 
Transforming Places 
Latest position of existing Programme of Work deliverables (as at July 2026) 
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
Town and
Community
Hubs
Complete new build Community Hubs and a £35m extension
to Chryston High, transforming and creating key assets,
through the replacement of schools with hubs, within the heart
of local communities (delivered from current capital plan). 
• Orbiston Community Hub in Bellshill, is operational, with final landscaping
works due to complete by the end of 2026.
• St Kevin's Community Hub in Coatbridge, opened in May 2026.
• Construction of Gartcosh Community Hub and St Stephens Community Hub is
underway, with both due for completion in October 2026.
• Chryston High extension, including early years provision, is under construction,
with phase 1 due for completion in December 2026.
• Glenboig is going through procurement.
• Procurement for Abronhill is expected to commence in December 2026.
New supply
programme
Deliver 2,000 new council homes between 2023 and 2028 and
a further 2,354 by 2035 to help meet housing need and
support town centre and community regeneration.
The programme continues to progress towards its target, with 2,729 new homes
delivered to date.  An update on delivery is scheduled to be reported to the
Housing Committee in cycle 4 of 2026.
Review and update the New Supply Programme delivery plan
to identify potential opportunities to accelerate / enhance the
programme and explore alternative tenure options to support
economic and population growth.
Review completed and report to expand the programme by a further 1,000 homes
and explore feasibility of a mid-market rent pilot project was approved by the
Housing Committee in cycle 1 of 2025.
A further report on proposals to develop the mid-market rent pilot project was
approved by the Housing Committee in cycle 3 of 2026.
Local
Development
Plan
Develop a new Local Development Plan to support and
facilitate future development in the right locations to help
attract investment in new homes and businesses and support
sustainable communities and employment.
The Evidence Report for the Local Development Plan 2 was approved by Council
in April 2026 and is awaiting assessment by the Scottish Government's Planning
and Environmental Appeals Division (DPEA). Subject to approval, the Proposed
Plan will be prepared, with adoption anticipated by May 2028.
Open Space
Strategy
Complete an Open Space Audit and develop an Open Space
Strategy, including sports pitch strategy, to help ensure local
communities have access to good quality, well maintained
open space to meet their needs. 
The Open Space Audit and community engagement programme have been
completed. The final Open Space Strategy is scheduled for committee
consideration in 2026.
Page 27 of 206

Page 28

Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
Local Transport
Strategy
Develop a Local Transport Strategy to help prioritise available
investment to ensure communities can access employment,
education and leisure opportunities, support inclusive
economic growth, and contribute to reducing carbon
emissions. 
The Local Transport Strategy 2026-36 was approved by the Environment and
Climate Change Committee in August 2026, providing a framework for delivering a
connected, sustainable, accessible, and resilient transport network that supports
economic growth and the movement of people and goods.
Active travel Create 50 kms of active travel routes by 2028 to help establish
a network of safe, accessible walking / wheeling / cycling
routes to help people access employment, education, and
leisure opportunities, improve health and well-being, and
reduce carbon emissions. 
Active travel and road safety improvements at Glasgow Road and Alexander
Street, Wishaw have been completed, alongside design development for Airbles
Road and cross-boundary active travel improvements with South Lanarkshire.
Several Strategic Network Route projects continue to advance through design and
construction, while active travel enhancements at Riverbank and Orbiston
Community Hubs and the integration of active travel within estate investment plans
have been completed.
City Deal Deliver the City Deal programme to improve connectivity and
help support inclusive economic growth.
Progress continues on the A8/M8 Corridor Access Improvements (Eurocentral
Strategic Active Travel and Orchard farm Roundabout), and the Pan-Lan Orbital
Transport Corridor (East Airdrie Link Road, Ravenscraig Access Infrastructure
South (Motherwell to Ravenscraig Link and Airbles Road Improvements).  An
update was reported to the Enterprise and Fair Work Committee in August 2026.
Business and
industry
Develop Business and Industry Strategy including review of
available sites, and progress a minimum of 5 projects to
remediate, develop, or improve sites to help create new
employment opportunities.
Unit 3 at Link Park, Newhouse and Braidhurst Industrial Estate have been
completed. The remaining projects, including Condor Park, Gartcosh Phase 2, and
Ravenscraig Plot 1 are progressing. The strategic review of industrial land and
business sites through Local Development Plan 2 has been completed and the
development of the Business and Industry Strategy is progressing.  An update was
provided to the Enterprise and Fair Work Committee in cycle 1 of 2026.
Town Centres Develop Town Action Plans for each town centre in line with
the agreed Town Visions (completing 3 town action plans in
2023/24 and 4 in 2024/25) and progress delivery to help
create sustainable mixed-use centres that will attract
investment in new employment and housing opportunities.
Town Action Plans have been completed for Airdrie, Bellshill, Kilsyth, Motherwell,
Shotts, and Wishaw, with annual monitoring arrangements in place. Regeneration
activity continues in Coatbridge and Forgewood / North Motherwell to support
sustainable mixed-use town centres and attract investment, housing, and
employment opportunities through the UK Government’s Pride in Place
programme. Stakeholder engagement on the review of the Town Action Plans is
currently underway.
Develop Delivery Plan for Cumbernauld Town Centre
regeneration and progress redevelopment plans and
demolition of The Centre Cumbernauld.
Fleming House demolition completed and demolition of the shopping centre
remains on track to commence in 2027, with stage 1 scheduled for 2027/28 and
sage 2 for 2031/32.  Brief for procurement of consultants to undertake detailed
masterplan is being progressed. 
Page 28 of 206

Page 29

Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
Towers strategy Complete phase 1 Tower re-provisioning programme of 1,750
flats by 2025/26, and progress phase 2 comprising 964 flats.
Phase 1 tower blocks have been vacated and demolition is progressing well.
Phase 2 remains on track, with first demolitions expected in spring 2027.
Rehousing is largely complete, and four RAAC-affected Maxton Crescent blocks
have been added to the programme.
Increase
community pride
through cultural
heritage
development
Invest in cultural and heritage assets, including Summerlee
and the Rediscovering Airdrie heritage initiative, to increase
community pride and awareness of local heritage and make
North Lanarkshire an attractive visitor destination.
Cultural heritage investment is progressing well, with Rediscover Airdrie
completing its first phase and securing Heritage Fund investment for the
restoration of Airdrie Library and town centre improvements. Celebrate Summerlee
is developing plans for enhancements, including a new miners' village and welfare
hall, while a Heritage Outreach Officer continues to support local heritage projects. 
Achievements to date 
The Transforming Places programme has established a strong platform for long-term physical, economic, and community transformation across North
Lanarkshire. Significant progress has been made in delivering modern community infrastructure, increasing housing supply, advancing strategic transport and
connectivity investments, regenerating town centres and communities, and creating the conditions for sustainable economic and population growth. The
programme is moving beyond planning and development into large-scale delivery, with many projects now having a visible impact within communities. 
Particular success has been achieved through the Community Hub programme, where new facilities are now operational or under construction across
Bellshill, Coatbridge, Gartcosh, Wishaw, and Chryston. These investments are creating integrated community assets that support education, wellbeing, and
service delivery while also acting as catalysts for place-based regeneration. 
The council has exceeded its original new supply housing commitment, with more than 2,700 homes delivered through a combination of council
housebuilding, open market acquisitions, and off-the-shelf purchases. Together with the Towers Reprovisioning Programme, this represents one of the most
significant housing transformation programmes in Scotland, improving housing quality and reshaping neighbourhoods. 
Town centre regeneration activity has matured considerably, with Town Visions and Action Plans in place across all major centres, significant external
investment secured for Coatbridge and Motherwell town centre, and major redevelopment plans for Cumbernauld Town Centre progressing, with demolition
and master planning activity on track for delivery. 
Investment in connectivity continues through active travel infrastructure, City Deal projects, and the Local Transport Strategy. These investments are
strengthening access to employment, education, and services while supporting wider economic growth ambitions. 
Progress on the Local Development Plan, Business and Industry Strategy, and industrial development sites is helping establish the strategic framework
required to attract investment, unlock development opportunities, support business growth, and create future employment opportunities. 
Collectively, these achievements demonstrate the transition of the Transforming Places programme from strategic planning into large-scale delivery, with
Page 29 of 206

Page 30

investment now translating into visible improvements in communities, enhanced infrastructure, increased housing provision, and stronger foundations for
inclusive and sustainable growth across North Lanarkshire. 
Next steps 
Transforming Places has evolved into a mature programme entering its next phase. Building on the significant foundations established through the
programme to date, the focus is now on maximising the collective impact of housing, infrastructure, public assets, and regeneration activity to deliver lasting
benefits for local people and places. 
While the original Transforming Places programme was structured around a series of individual projects and thematic commitments, the scale of delivery now
underway provides an opportunity to take a more integrated, place-based approach. The next phase therefore focuses on six strategic delivery priorities that
bring together related programmes and investments, ensuring that housing, infrastructure, economic development, public assets, and regeneration activity
collectively deliver greater impact for people, communities, and businesses across North Lanarkshire. 
Together, these priorities provide a framework for co-ordinating investment and ensuring that individual projects contribute to wider place-based benefits and
long-term transformation across North Lanarkshire. 
Strategic delivery priorities 
Note these are high-level and indicative at this stage, with further detail to be presented through the finalised Delivery Plan. 
1. Housing for all, now and in the future through sustained investment in the scale, quality, and affordability of housing supply, including social and mid-
market rent homes, alongside the regeneration of communities through the new supply programme, open market acquisitions, tower reprovisioning and
demolition, and town centre housing and mixed-use developments. 
2. Modern, integrated public service infrastructure that supports communities now and in the future through town and community hubs, new and
refurbished public buildings, an Additional Support Needs Whole Family Support Hub, enhanced education facilities, and major school improvement and
investment programmes. 
3. Vibrant, sustainable and inclusive town centres and communities through place-based regeneration, Town Action Plans, the transformation of key
strategic locations including Cumbernauld Town Centre, heritage-led regeneration (including Airdrie and Summerlee), and investment through Pride in
Place and wider regeneration initiatives. 
4. Economic growth, investment, and jobs through Invest in North Lanarkshire, using land and assets strategically to unlock development
opportunities, supported by the Local Development Plan, the Business and Industry Strategy, industrial and commercial investment, and initiatives that
attract inward investment, create jobs, and strengthen long-term prosperity. 
5. Enhanced transport, connectivity, and infrastructure to support access, movement, connected places, and sustainable growth through the Local
Transport Strategy, active travel networks, strategic transport corridors, digital connectivity infrastructure, and major infrastructure investment, including
City Deal projects. 
Page 30 of 206

Page 31

6. Community wellbeing, resilience, and pride of place through investment in community assets and services, including pitches, pavilions, and leisure
facilities, country parks and open spaces, and cultural and heritage initiatives that strengthen local identity. 
Invest in North Lanarkshire 
Latest position of existing Programme of Work deliverables (as at July 2026) 
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
Invest in North
Lanarkshire
Establish a small multi-disciplinary team, comprising planning, roads, estates, enterprise,
protective services, building standards, and legal, to deliver a Pilot project to provide an enhanced
and co-ordinated advisory service to developers and prospective investors to help improve /
streamline the statutory consent process and maximise potential economic benefits. 
Complete and transitioned to business-as-
usual through the establishment of a multi-
disciplinary pre-application service, providing
co-ordinated advice at an early stage on major
and significant planning proposals. 
The service brings together Planning, Roads,
Environmental Health, Building Standards,
Economic Development, and Estates to
streamline consent processes and support
investment and sustainable development
across North Lanarkshire. 
Based on learning from the Pilot and wider market engagement, review and develop proposals for
an effective future operating model to make best use of available resources, including charging for
the enhanced Pre App service, and streamlining the process for obtaining statutory consents. 
Develop a Gate Check process for all major council investment projects, where statutory consents
required, to ensure projects get the necessary input from relevant services at an early stage and
avoid potential increased costs and/or delays at a later stage. 
Support delivery of allocated sites within the Local Development Plan through development of
effective delivery plans. 
Co-ordinate development of masterplans / development briefs and appraisal process for major
council owned development sites.  
Review and develop process for the co-ordination of inward investment / business growth
enquiries, including development of Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system. 
Next steps 
The Invest in North Lanarkshire deliverables have been completed and incorporated into business-as-usual arrangements.  Having established the systems,
processes, and multi-disciplinary approach required to support investment and development, the focus will now shift towards maximising economic impact
and supporting the delivery of North Lanarkshire's wider regeneration ambitions. 
As Transforming Places enters its next phase, Invest in North Lanarkshire will be carried forward as a key strategic priority therein, ensuring economic
development activity is fully aligned with housing growth, town centre regeneration, infrastructure investment, and strategic land use.  This will strengthen the
connection between place-based regeneration and economic development, maximise opportunities arising from investment zones and other strategic growth
initiatives, and help position North Lanarkshire as a location of choice to live, learn, work, invest, and visit.
Page 31 of 206

Page 32

Sustainable Futures 
Latest position of existing Programme of Work deliverables (as at July 2026) 
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
Energy
efficiency and
generation
Develop a route map to net zero that incorporates
climate resilience (adaptation) and provides
strategic actions as to how the council will move to
net zero (including outline costs where possible,
timeframes and review periods.)
Complete. North Lanarkshire’s Path to Net Zero (2045) was approved by the Environment
and Climate Change in April 2026. This replaces Climate Plan ACT2030 and provides the
strategic framework for reducing emissions from the council’s asset base, recognising that
buildings, fleet, and infrastructure are the main contributors to emissions. Aligned with the
Corporate Asset Management Plan and Strategic Capital Investment Programme, it focuses
on energy efficiency, heat decarbonisation, low carbon standards, retrofit, estate
rationalisation, and reuse, with monitoring through carbon budgets and regular review.
Undertake research with a potential energy partner
to explore renewable energy and hydrogen
generation projects as commercial opportunities in
North Lanarkshire. This will include examining the
business case for the delivery of larger scale energy
generation / hydrogen production and the delivery of
smaller energy projects, including the introduction of
solar farms on closed landfill sites and energy
storage options adjacent to electrical sub-stations.
• Feasibility work for solar energy generation at Auchinlea and Dalmacoulter has been
completed, with planning applications submitted. 
• Planning and business case development for utility-scale solar photovoltaic (PV)
installations is progressing, including ecological surveys and funding options. 
• A review of solar and wind energy opportunities has been completed and is informing the
next phase of project development. 
Improve asset sustainability through the
development of the Live Labs 2 project to deliver
more sustainable road surfacing, deliver a social
enterprise pilot for environmental services, and
increase recycling facilities across the area.
• Work to upgrade communal recycling points has been completed, improving customer
service, reducing contamination, and increasing recycling across identified locations.
• Work to upgrade household waste recycling centres is progressing, with three sites
upgraded to meet persistent organic pollutant (POPs) requirements. Trials of black bag
compactors are also underway to improve recycling performance.
• The Live Labs 2 programme is progressing, with low-carbon road material trials helping
to inform future road construction practices. 
• Alternative community-based delivery models for environmental services continue to be
explored.
Explore green energy funding options which will
assist in the move towards net zero, for both council
assets and businesses within North Lanarkshire.
Complete. The £250,000 Net Zero Business Challenge Fund supported small and medium-
sized enterprises through two oversubscribed funding rounds, awarding £190,637 to 17
projects, including solar installations and innovative low-carbon products and processes.
Ongoing support is now provided through the Business Growth Fund.
Deliver low carbon North Lanarkshire assets
through the delivery of Local Heat and Energy
• The Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES) has been completed, with a
heat network feasibility study now being progressed. 
Page 32 of 206

Page 33

Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
Efficient Strategy (LHEES), Energy Efficiency
Standard for Social Housing (EESSH),
decarbonisation of the council transport fleet,
introduction of electrical vehicle charging
infrastructure across North Lanarkshire, and
introduction of a waste transfer station and material
recovery facility.
• The net zero transformation of the Strathclyde Park Watersports Centre continues, with
procurement and funding activities underway. 
• Energy efficiency improvements have been delivered across the council’s non-domestic
estate and are undergoing performance monitoring. 
• Fleet decarbonisation and EV charging infrastructure continue to progress, including
operation of the Bellshill Depot charging hub and development of the wider charging
network. 
• A preferred site for a future Material Recovery Facility (MRF) has been identified
following completion of market research. 
• Work continues to improve the energy efficiency of council housing, supporting progress
towards EPC Band D compliance, EPC Band B by 2032, and the longer-term
decarbonisation of heating systems.
• Support for businesses continues through energy audits, grants, and specialist advice to
improve energy efficiency and reduce emissions.
Climate
adaptation
Develop nature-based adaptations which will centre
around the Country Parks for the Future programme
and the Clyde Climate Forest.
• Work to deliver the Country Parks for the Future masterplans is progressing, with funding
secured for improvements at Palacerigg Country Park and a revised National Lottery
Heritage Fund bid being developed to support future phases. 
• The Nature Recovery Programme is delivering habitat restoration, grassland
management, and invasive species control, with remaining works ongoing. 
• Tree planting and woodland creation activity continues through the Clyde Climate Forest
programme, with new planting sites identified and further works planned to increase
woodland and canopy cover across North Lanarkshire.
Improve North Lanarkshire's assets to be climate
resilient with a focus on flood prevention measures.
• Implementation of the Tree Risk Asset Management Strategy is progressing, with cyclical
inspections underway and work commencing to extend the inspection regime to housing
tree assets. 
• Work to secure sufficient future burial capacity is progressing through ongoing strategy
development, site investigations in Coatbridge, Kilsyth, and Cumbernauld, and delivery of
new cemetery infrastructure. 
• Delivery of new burial provision continues, with Pather Farm Cemetery nearing
completion and design work progressing for the New Monkland Cemetery extension,
subject to budget availability. 
• Flood risk management activity continues across North Lanarkshire, with several flood
studies and surface water management plans completed and work advancing on the
Kilsyth Flood Risk Reduction Scheme.
Reduce climate impact inequalities including
delivery of the actions within the council's Air Quality
Progress continues on delivery of the Air Quality Action Plan, including publication of the
latest annual progress report, air quality monitoring around schools, active travel initiatives,
Page 33 of 206

Page 34

Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
Action Plan. and vehicle idling patrols at schools and other hotspot locations. With many actions now
established and ongoing, delivery has increasingly transitioned into business-as-usual
activity, supported by continued monitoring, engagement, and awareness-raising initiatives.
Engage all stakeholders in climate adaptation
decision making and delivery, with a focus on young
people. This will be driven through the council's
Climate Action Plan which will be reviewed to reflect
the works being undertaken across this Programme
of Work and others.
• Climate awareness and engagement activity with schools, including Earth Hour, is now
embedded within routine education and sustainability programmes. 
• Environmental sustainability support for businesses is now integrated into the council’s
mainstream grant and business advisory services. 
Deliver the NL Nearer to Nature programme in order
to ensure our communities most susceptible to
climate change have a voice in shaping investment
in greenspaces. 
• The Nearer to Nature programme is underway, with key staff recruited, research nearing
completion, and environmental justice mapping helping to identify priority areas for
engagement.
• Consultation, a digital engagement platform, a sustainable funding model, and a long-
term greenspace infrastructure plan will be developed through the next phase of the
programme. 
Achievements to date 
The Sustainable Futures programme has established the strategic, governance, and delivery foundations required to support North Lanarkshire’s transition to
net zero while delivering a growing range of practical projects that reduce emissions, improve climate resilience, and enhance the natural environment.
Alongside the development of key strategies and plans, the programme is now increasingly focused on implementation, with a number of projects either
completed or moving into delivery phases. 
A significant achievement has been the approval of North Lanarkshire’s Path to Net Zero (2045), which replaces the Climate Plan ACT2030 and provides the
council’s long-term framework for reducing emissions from assets, fleet, and infrastructure. Supported by carbon budgeting and aligned with corporate asset
planning and investment processes, it strengthens the integration of sustainability into strategic decision-making. 
Progress is being made in decarbonising council assets through implementation of the Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy, investment in energy
efficiency improvements across the non-domestic estate, continued improvements to council housing energy performance, and the development of low-
carbon transport infrastructure. EV charging facilities are now operational at Bellshill Depot, supporting the transition to a lower-emission fleet, while further
expansion of charging infrastructure is being progressed through regional partnerships. 
The council has also advanced renewable energy opportunities through solar energy proposals at Auchinlea and Dalmacoulter, completion of energy
generation studies, and the development of business cases and planning applications that could support future local energy generation.
Good progress has also been made in supporting a circular economy and more sustainable asset management through recycling infrastructure
improvements, household waste recycling centre upgrades, low-carbon road material trials, and the identification of a preferred site for a future Material
Page 34 of 206

Page 35

Recovery Facility. 
Nature-based adaptation and climate resilience activity continues through habitat restoration, tree planting, woodland creation, and the Country Parks for the
Future programme. Progress on flood risk management, tree risk management, and burial infrastructure is also helping to improve the resilience of council
assets and communities to the impacts of adverse weather and climate conditions. 
Climate considerations are increasingly becoming embedded within mainstream service delivery. Examples include ongoing delivery of the Air Quality Action
Plan, integration of sustainability within business support programmes, continued community engagement through the Nearer to Nature programme, and the
incorporation of climate awareness activity into routine education and engagement programmes. 
While substantial progress has been achieved, several major programmes remain dependent on external funding, long-term investment, and partnership
working. Collectively, these achievements have created the conditions for the next phase of delivery, with the focus now shifting from strategy development
and feasibility work towards large-scale implementation that accelerates decarbonisation, strengthens climate resilience, and enhances North Lanarkshire's
natural environment. 
Next Steps 
Sustainable Futures has evolved from establishing strategy, policy, and enabling programmes into a long-term delivery programme focused on embedding
sustainability and climate resilience across all aspects of council activity. 
Building on the strong foundations now in place through the Path to Net Zero (2045), the Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy, asset decarbonisation
activity, climate adaptation programmes, and nature recovery initiatives, the focus of the next phase is on accelerating implementation, securing investment,
and delivering environmental, social, and economic benefits for communities across North Lanarkshire. 
While the original Sustainable Futures programme was structured around a series of individual climate, energy, and environmental commitments, the scale of
activity now underway provides an opportunity to take a more integrated and delivery-focused approach. The next phase therefore focuses on four strategic
delivery priorities that bring together decarbonisation, climate adaptation, resource management, and nature recovery activity, ensuring that investment
across assets, infrastructure, transport, housing, and the natural environment collectively contribute to achieving North Lanarkshire's net zero ambitions and
building more sustainable communities. 
Together, these priorities provide a framework for co-ordinating investment, influencing service delivery, and strengthening partnership working, ensuring that
individual projects contribute to wider carbon reduction, climate resilience, biodiversity enhancement, and the long-term sustainability of North Lanarkshire's
communities and places. 
Strategic delivery priorities
Note these are high-level and indicative at this stage, with further detail to be presented through the finalised Delivery Plan. 
7. Net zero decarbonisation of assets through delivery of the Path to Net Zero (2045), investment in energy efficiency across council buildings and
housing, decarbonisation of heating systems, renewable energy generation projects, heat networks, and low-carbon asset management that reduce
Page 35 of 206

Page 36

emissions and strengthen energy resilience. 
8. Sustainable transport and resource management through fleet transition, electric vehicle charging infrastructure, recycling improvements, and waste
infrastructure investment projects that reduce environmental impact. 
9. Climate adaptation and resilient communities through flood risk management, climate-resilient infrastructure, tree and asset management
programmes, and actions that reduce vulnerability to climate change and improve preparedness for future impacts. 
10. Nature recovery, biodiversity, and quality greenspaces through the Country Parks for the Future programme, the Nature Recovery Programme, the
Clyde Climate Forest, the Nearer to Nature programme, and wider habitat restoration, woodland creation, and greenspace investment that enhance the
natural environment and community wellbeing. 
Page 36 of 206

Page 37

Resilient People 
Latest position of existing Programme of Work deliverables (as at July 2026) 
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
Accessible and
inclusive family
support
Develop and deliver integrated offer of early practical,
emotional, and financial support aligned to the community
hubs to ensure the right support at the right time to individuals
and families.
• The Families Here and Now Service (FHANS) has been established across
North Lanarkshire, providing universal early practical, emotional, and financial
support for families.
• Early help support is embedded within community hubs, providing integrated
and accessible family support aligned to local needs.
• The review of family support services is nearing completion and is informing
proposals for a more sustainable whole family support model.
• Cash First approaches have been embedded within family support services,
improving access to financial support and earlier intervention.
• Employability and volunteering pathways are being developed through stronger
links to Routes to Work and expanded opportunities for parents and carers.
Establish a no wrong door approach to deliver early family
support using continuous evaluation and co-production to
develop a sustainable and effective model for the future built
on the principles of the Promise, GIRFEC (Getting it Right for
Every Child), and GIRFE (Getting it Right for Everyone).
• A No Wrong Door approach has been established through alignment with
GIRFEC and GIRFE, ensuring families can access support regardless of where
they first seek help. 
• Whole family support is embedded within community hubs through integrated
council and partner delivery. 
• Hub-based access points, communication, and referral pathways have
improved access to advice, support, and signposting. 
• An All-Age Carers Working Group has been established and a review of carers
support completed. 
• The North Lanarkshire Carers Strategy 2024-27 has been refreshed and
approved.
Implement GIRFE (Getting it Right for Everyone) approach in
adult services to improve pathways to support.
• A place-based locality approach has been implemented, creating clearer
pathways to support and strengthening alignment with whole family support. 
• The sticky person approach has been embedded, ensuring a lead professional
co-ordinates support and reduces unnecessary referrals. 
• GIRFE and person-centred practice continue to be embedded across health
and social care services. 
• The Engagement and Participation Strategy has been refreshed, strengthening
participation and preventative support.
Introduce the Signs of Safety in children's services as a
transformative approach to strengthening families and
• Governance, training, and implementation arrangements for Signs of Safety
have been established across the council and partner organisations. 
Page 37 of 206

Page 38

Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
addressing risks of harm. • Signs of Safety and Healing approaches are being embedded within social
work practice through training, development, and evaluation. 
• Policies, procedures, and operating models are being updated to support
consistent strengths-based practice and decision-making.
Embed the Close to Home initiative in both adult and
children's services to ensure that people benefit from effective
support, connections, and opportunities with their own
communities.
• Additional and intensive family support has been strengthened, helping more
children remain safely at home. 
• Family Group Decision Making and Lifelong Links have been embedded within
everyday practice. 
• Integrated planning continues to reduce out-of-area placements and strengthen
community-based support.
Tackling poverty
and preventing
homelessness
Implement a comprehensive new Tackling Poverty Strategy
(2023-26) as the vehicle to continue to reduce child poverty,
address inequalities, and support active citizenship and
growth.
Complete. The Tackling Poverty Strategy 2023-26 has been delivered and
embedded within business-as-usual arrangements, informing development of the
Tackling Poverty Strategy 2026-31. 
Evaluate the impact of the 2023-26 Strategy and Action Plan
and develop a revised Tackling Poverty Strategy for 2026-31.
Complete. Evaluation of the Tackling Poverty Strategy has informed development
of the Tackling Poverty Strategy 2026-31, with monitoring and review
arrangements embedded within business-as-usual activity. 
Embed anti-poverty approaches within all service delivery with
a particular focus on universal services, strengthening
pathways to support from health and education and using
Multiply and MACA (money advice and consumer advice) to
empower young people and individuals.
• Anti-poverty approaches have been embedded across council services,
strengthening poverty awareness, and access to support. 
• Integrated pathways to advice, income maximisation, and money guidance
have been established. 
• Financial education for adults and young people has been embedded within
mainstream provision.
Tackling poverty
and preventing
homelessness
Review and redesign housing support services for people
experiencing (or at risk of) homelessness to ensure housing
support services align with the Prevention duties and provide
flexible, strength-based support to help people successfully
sustain their accommodation and achieve positive wider life
outcomes.
Complete. Housing support and temporary accommodation reviews have been
completed, informing the re-tendering of housing support services and a more
flexible, strengths-based approach to homelessness prevention and tenancy
sustainment. 
Implement a new crisis response and assertive outreach
service in partnership with North Lanarkshire's Alcohol and
Drug Partnership to provide immediate assistance to people
experiencing homelessness or at risk of homelessness in
Complete. A crisis response and assertive outreach service has been established
and is fully operational, providing rapid support to people experiencing, or at risk
of, homelessness. 
Page 38 of 206

Page 39

Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
need of an urgent response (outwith current service provision)
to prevent and reduce recurring homelessness and improve
access to support and services.
Review the Temporary Accommodation Strategy to identify
current and future temporary accommodation requirements,
giving key consideration to the implementation of the Rapid
Rehousing Transition Plan.
Complete. A new Temporary Accommodation Strategy (2024-29) has been
approved, setting future accommodation requirements and supporting delivery of
the Rapid Rehousing Transition Plan. 
To explore innovative ways to extend the reach of the Scottish
Welfare Fund to assist people who are homeless or at risk of
homelessness, recognising the importance of furniture
provisions in aiding positive tenancy sustainment outcomes.
Complete. Measures to improve tenancy sustainment have been implemented,
including fast-track Community Care Grants, enhanced furniture provision, and
additional financial support options for homeless households. 
Significantly reduce homelessness through increasing the
supply of affordable homes.
• A new Empty Homes Strategic Framework has been approved. 
• Capacity to bring empty homes back into use has increased through additional
Empty Homes Officer resource and delivery of the Empty Homes Strategy.
Reduce time spent in temporary accommodation through
access to settled housing quickly.
• Work with Registered Social Landlords continues to increase allocations to
homeless households and improve access to settled housing. 
• Council housing allocations continue to support rapid rehousing, with around
half of available lets allocated to homeless households. 
• Partnership work with private landlords is improving access to the private
rented sector and strengthening homelessness prevention. 
• Delivery of the Temporary Accommodation Strategy is underway to expand and
improve provision. 
• The homelessness housing options pilot has been implemented and is being
evaluated to inform future service delivery.
Improve support for households who are homeless or at risk of
becoming homeless.
• New housing support contracts have been implemented. 
• Trauma-informed approaches continue to be embedded across housing
services. 
• A housing sector-wide domestic abuse forum has been established to
strengthen support for those affected by domestic abuse. 
• Support for prison leavers is being strengthened through development of a
dedicated housing, prison and courts link worker role.
Prevent homelessness through early intervention, education
and other support services.
• Additional housing and support options for care experienced young people are
being developed to strengthen pathways into stable accommodation. 
• The Health and Homelessness Action Plan is being refreshed to strengthen
Page 39 of 206

Page 40

Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
prevention, early intervention, and partnership working.
Strengthening
community
capacity and
wellbeing
Develop the council's approach to Community Wealth Building
and associated implementation plan to strengthen community
capacity and wellbeing.
• A shared partnership approach to Community Wealth Building has been
established, supported by a draft Community Wealth Building Statement and
extensive stakeholder engagement. 
• Work is underway to finalise the implementation plan, governance
arrangements, and reporting framework.
Embed equalities approaches and actions across all work with
communities to maximise the influence, participation, and
voice of all North Lanarkshire's citizens in the development of
communities and services.
• The council has adopted the North Lanarkshire Partnership Community
Agreement. 
• Work is underway to strengthen participation from underrepresented groups
and inform the next Local Outcome Improvement Plans through targeted
engagement and improved use of data.
Strengthen engagement, participation, and empowerment
across communities to develop an integrated service offer that
meets the needs of communities.
• Community resilience has been strengthened through investment in local
groups and equipment. 
• The council's volunteering approach has been embedded and aligned with the
North Lanarkshire Partnership Volunteering Strategy. 
• Connections between locality community planning and health and social care
have been strengthened. 
• Community capacity building has strengthened participation, community
ownership, and access to local support. 
• Work continues to implement recommendations from the Member Officer
Working Group on the Community and Voluntary Sector.
Trauma
information,
organisation and
service delivery
Develop a comprehensive local Trauma Plan to ensure that
trauma informed practice and systems are embedded within
the council's operating model.
Complete. A framework and implementation plan for becoming a trauma-informed
organisation have been established, supported by a cross-council Trauma
Steering Group, increased organisational awareness, and testing of trauma-
informed approaches across priority services.
Implement the Trauma Plan with a focus on creating the
culture and conditions across the council to enable staff to
respond in ways which recognise the impacts of trauma,
promote recovery, prevent re-traumatisation, and ensure
services and effective supports are accessible to / effective for
those who need them most.
• Trauma-informed design principles have been embedded within schools,
community hubs, town centres, and service environments through the Trauma
Design Toolkit. 
• Trauma-informed principles are being embedded within staff wellbeing and
support arrangements. 
• A council-wide training programme is increasing awareness, confidence, and
skills in trauma-informed practice. 
• Children, families, and communities continue to influence the design of trauma-
informed services through co-production and engagement. 
• Evaluation arrangements are being developed to measure the impact of
Page 40 of 206

Page 41

Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
trauma-informed practice. 
• Managers are being supported through trauma-informed leadership training,
guidance, and practical tools
Investing in
prevention
Identify capacity to increase proportionate spend of prevention
to support improved outcomes for children and their families
and development of a sustainable service model for the future.
• A Human and Economic Cost Modelling (HECM) approach has been
developed with Promise Scotland. 
• A baseline assessment of family support activity and costs has been
completed. 
• Costed analysis of family journeys has provided insight into opportunities for
earlier intervention and prevention. 
• Evaluation of the emerging family support model is underway to inform future
investment decisions. 
• Development of a sustainable, integrated family support model is progressing,
informed by family support review findings, financial analysis, and HECM
evidence.
Map and enhance existing cash first and direct payments
initiatives through establishment of a supporting framework
aligned with family support principles to reduce stigma and
empower families and frontline workforce to tailor solutions to
need.
• A cash first approach to food and fuel crisis support has been implemented and
embedded within service delivery. 
• A directory of emergency cash payments and financial support has been
established and integrated into routine practice. 
• A framework for direct payment approaches has been embedded within
mainstream services, supporting flexible, person-centred early intervention and
reducing stigma. 
Achievements to date 
The Resilient People programme has established a strong foundation for delivering earlier intervention, prevention, and more integrated support for children,
young people, families, adults, and communities across North Lanarkshire. Significant progress has been made in embedding whole family support, tackling
poverty initiatives, homelessness prevention, trauma-informed practice, and community capacity building, helping shift services away from crisis response
and towards earlier, more co-ordinated intervention. 
Particular success has been achieved through the development of whole family support, including the establishment of the Families Here and Now Service
(FHANS), implementation of the No Wrong Door approach, embedding of support within community hubs, and the adoption of GIRFE and Signs of Safety
approaches. Together, these developments have strengthened pathways into support, improved service co-ordination, and increased access to preventative
support for families and carers. 
The programme has also strengthened North Lanarkshire's approach to tackling poverty through the delivery of the Tackling Poverty Strategy, the embedding
of anti-poverty approaches across services, increased financial inclusion activity, and the implementation of cash-first and direct payment approaches. These
Page 41 of 206

Page 42

developments have improved access to advice, support, and income maximisation services while helping strengthen financial resilience for households and
families. 
Progress has been made in homelessness prevention through the introduction of new housing support arrangements, crisis response and assertive outreach
services, tenancy sustainment activity, and implementation of the Temporary Accommodation Strategy. These developments have strengthened prevention
activity and improved support for people experiencing, or at risk of, homelessness. 
Community resilience and participation have also been strengthened through Community Wealth Building activity, volunteering, community engagement,
community resilience initiatives, and stronger partnership working with the community and voluntary sector. These approaches are helping build stronger
communities and increasing opportunities for people to influence services and local priorities. 
The programme has further established the foundations of a trauma-informed organisation through workforce development, trauma-informed design,
leadership development, and service improvement activity. Alongside this, Human and Economic Cost Modelling (HECM) and wider service review activity are
improving understanding of the impact of prevention and informing future service design and investment decisions. 
Collectively, these achievements have established a strong platform for long-term service transformation across North Lanarkshire, with a growing emphasis
on prevention, early intervention, whole-family support, population wellbeing, and sustainable public service delivery. While many of these approaches are
now embedded within service delivery, the long-term sustainability of some activity remains dependent on securing ongoing funding, investment, and
partnership support. 
Next steps 
Resilient People has evolved from establishing new approaches, services, and delivery models into a mature programme focused on embedding prevention,
demonstrating impact, and delivering long-term service reform. 
Building on the significant progress achieved through whole family support, tackling poverty activity, homelessness prevention, trauma-informed practice, and
community capacity building, the focus of the next phase is on aligning resources, services, and investment around prevention, population wellbeing, and
integrated support for individuals, families, and communities. 
While the original Resilient People programme was structured around a series of individual projects and service improvements, many of these are now
established and embedded within service delivery. This provides an opportunity to take a more integrated and preventative approach that maximises their
collective impact. The next phase therefore focuses on five strategic delivery priorities that bring together related programmes and investments, ensuring that
prevention, whole family support, housing, community capacity, digital innovation, and public service reform collectively deliver greater impact for local people
and communities. 
Together, these priorities provide a framework for co-ordinating investment, strengthening partnership working, and ensuring that individual projects contribute
to wider improvements in health and wellbeing, reduced inequalities, stronger communities, and sustainable public services across North Lanarkshire. 
Strategic delivery priorities
Page 42 of 206

Page 43

Note these are high-level and indicative at this stage, with further detail to be presented through the finalised Delivery Plan. 
11. Whole family support and additional support needs through integrated whole family support, community hubs, GIRFEC, GIRFE, Signs of Safety, and
the development of a Whole Family Additional Support Needs Hub that helps children, young people, and families receive the right support at the right
time, improving attainment, wellbeing, and future opportunities. 
12. Preventative public services and improved wellbeing through the alignment of whole family support, population health, tackling poverty, trauma-
informed practice, homelessness prevention, and early intervention activity, creating a more preventative, sustainable, and joined-up public service model. 
13. Tackling poverty, housing stability, and homelessness prevention through delivery of the supporting strategies, financial inclusion, rapid rehousing,
tenancy sustainment, housing support services, and affordable housing approaches that reduce inequalities and help people remain safely within their
communities. 
14. Community capacity, resilience, and participation through Community Wealth Building, volunteering, community resilience, co-production, and
partnership working that strengthen community capacity and enable local people to influence services, local priorities, and investment decisions. 
15. Connected and digitally enabled communities and services through enhanced digital connectivity, reduced digital exclusion, smart and connected
homes, assisted living and independent living technologies, and the use of technology and innovation that improves access, wellbeing, independence, and
service delivery. 
Page 43 of 206

Page 44

Brighter Futures 
Latest position of existing Programme of Work deliverables (as at July 2026) 
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
NL academies Ensure increased skilled workforce employed in roles which
fit industry needs and contribute to greater economic
outputs. 
Expand pathways and progression routes within key industry
sectors to connect to employment.
• NL Academies projects funded through UK Shared Prosperity Fund have been
delivered and embedded within ongoing activity.
• Summer placement programmes and university partnerships have
strengthened progression pathways into employment.
• Targeted skills programmes continue to address workforce gaps in key sectors.
• Development of the Built Environment Academy and enhanced vocational
pathways is progressing to strengthen alignment between education and
labour market demand.
Develop employer engagement within each model to ensure
full participation and increased work opportunities.
• Industry-led sector boards have been established within the Built Environment
and Health and Social Care sectors.
• Employer engagement continues to shape workforce planning, skills
development, and future academy activity, informed by evidence of future
workforce demand and skills shortages across priority sectors.
• Partnership activity is helping inform future Digital Academy and workforce
development opportunities.
Enhance attraction and advance equalities across key
industry sectors.
• Collaborative apprenticeship and vocational pathways have been established
with NHS Lanarkshire and Health and Social Care partners. 
• Attraction activities have increased participation from under-represented
groups, including increased female participation within built environment
programmes and targeted pathways for young people with additional support
needs. 
• Attraction and workforce development plans continue to be progressed through
the Care Academy and Built Environment Sector Board.
Maximise opportunities to enhance social value through the
council's procurement activity.
• A Social Value Framework has been approved and established.
• Implementation activity is underway to embed social value requirements within
future procurement activity.
• Development of monitoring and reporting arrangements continues to support
consistent measurement of social value outcomes.
Brighter futures
curriculum and
pathways
Expand curriculum pathways and progression routes aligned
to key industry sectors to connect to employment. 
• Enterprise curriculum and vocational pathway reforms have been implemented
through the vocational education steering group.
• Wider achievement opportunities and vocational pathways continue to expand
Page 44 of 206

Page 45

Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
across schools.
• Curriculum pathways are being strengthened to align with labour market
demand and improve progression into positive destinations.
Grow full range of school vocational pathways for core
sectors, including STEM (science, technology, engineering,
and mathematics), digital skills, construction, and health and
social care.
• Future Fridays and wider vocational pathway programmes have been
implemented.
• Vocational opportunities continue to expand across key growth sectors,
including built environment, and health and social care.
• STEM and digital learning approaches have been embedded across the
curriculum and continue to be developed.
Advance equalities within curriculum pathways 3-18 years.  • Equalities actions have been embedded through curriculum development,
targeted support, and employability pathways.
• The vocational learning hub at Our Lady's High School is operational and
supporting young people with additional support needs.
• Staff development activity continues to advance inclusive education and
equalities outcomes across establishments.
Map, develop, and implement play-based approaches in
early years to develop a full play based learning offer.
• Complete. Play-based approaches have been mapped, embedded, and
supported through a North Lanarkshire framework and associated staff
development activity.
Employability and
community
learning and
development
Address the current challenges of North Lanarkshire’s labour
market including the rise in economic inactivity alongside
unemployment.
• Labour market intelligence and monitoring arrangements have been
established.
• Employability programmes continue to support unemployed and economically
inactive residents into employment, contributing to improved labour market
performance across North Lanarkshire.
Ensure continued expansion of supported employment
programmes, increase opportunities for North Lanarkshire
Industries to diversify and integrate these with wider
employability support.
• The North Lanarkshire Industries Action Plan has been implemented, with
supported employment pathways now embedded through No Limits, Roots,
work placements, and North Lanarkshire Industries activity.
• Supported employment opportunities continue to expand through No Limits,
Roots, work placements, and North Lanarkshire Industries activity.
• Ongoing diversification and business development activity is strengthening
future opportunities and sustainability.
Develop and embed the Employer Charter within a broader
range of businesses.
• The North Lanarkshire Employer Charter has surpassed 100 accredited
employers and is now embedded within business-as-usual employer
engagement activity. 
• Employer networking, promotion of fair work practices, and peer learning
Page 45 of 206

Page 46

Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
continue to support growth and engagement across the local business base
Ensure integration of external employability funding with
council led programmes via Local Employability Partnership.
• Complete. External employability funding has been aligned with council
employability programmes through the Local Employability Partnership.
• New programmes continue to support residents into employment while
maintaining a focus on economically inactive groups.
Create and implement a development plan focused on
delivering numeracy programmes to adults aged 16+ to meet
objectives of Multiply/UK Prosperity Fund.
• Complete. Numeracy programmes have been successfully delivered through
the Sum It Up programme.
• Learning and qualification opportunities have been embedded within ongoing
community learning and development activity.
Create a community based employment opportunity within
the council for up to 18 young people aged 19 - 24 years
who experience multiple barriers to learning and
employment.
• Complete. The Young Adult Project has delivered significant positive outcomes,
supporting participants into employment, training, and further learning.
• Evaluation and transition arrangements are being completed as the
programme concludes.
Develop and deliver employability pathway for Resettled
Scots including Unaccompanied Asylum Seeking Children
(UASC) building in accreditation through Scottish
Qualification Authority (SQA) qualifications.
• Complete. Employability and ESOL pathways have been established and
delivered, supporting progression, accreditation, confidence building, and
routes into employment.
• Partnership activity continues to strengthen progression opportunities into
further learning, volunteering, and work.
Develop and implement a comprehensive learning
programme where 50% of learners who achieve a core skills
qualification will reside in the top Scottish Index of Multiple
Deprivation (SIMD) 1 and 2 data zones.
• Core skills, national qualifications, and accredited learning opportunities
continue to be delivered at scale through Community Learning and
Development.
• Targeted delivery and performance monitoring continue to support participation
within SIMD 1 and 2 communities.
Volunteering Establish volunteer baseline, covering current activity,
training received, and availability for broader opportunities.
• Complete. A baseline of volunteering activity and opportunities has been
established.
• Employer-supported volunteering activity continues to expand through
partnerships with communities and local organisations.
Map community partnerships who offer volunteering
opportunities and the current offer (baseline).
• Complete. Community volunteering opportunities have been mapped and are
now incorporated into ongoing volunteering promotion and development
activity.
Implement and maintain a system capable of capturing
volunteers, skills, training, and opportunities available.
• Complete. Rosterfy has been implemented as the council's volunteer
management system.
• Work continues to expand accreditation, training, and progression opportunities
Page 46 of 206

Page 47

Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
for volunteers.
Implement and maintain a front-end website (one stop shop)
for volunteering in North Lanarkshire.
• Complete. Online access arrangements have been established to improve
access to volunteering opportunities across North Lanarkshire.
Support the delivery of qualification options for volunteers • Complete. Volunteer NL has achieved SQA Centre status, creating new
opportunities for volunteers to gain accredited qualifications. 
• Qualification pathways and training opportunities continue to be expanded to
support volunteer development, progression, and employability.
Entrepreneurship Map current entrepreneurship and self-employment
provision across North Lanarkshire.
• Complete. Entrepreneurship support, funding, and business start-up provision
have been reviewed and mapped, informing future service delivery.
Develop entrepreneurship activities to drive activity where
gaps and provision from the mapping exercise have been
identified.
• Business Gateway services have been insourced and embedded within council
delivery.
• Entrepreneurship support continues through start-up grants, targeted
interventions, routeways into self-employment, and Business Gateway activity.
• Data-led approaches are supporting targeted delivery across communities and
priority groups.
Advance equalities and deliver targeted entrepreneurial
support to under-represented groups through bespoke
interventions.
• Support for women, minority ethnic communities, social enterprises, and other
under-represented groups has been successfully delivered.
• Evaluation and mainstreaming activity is underway to ensure sustainable future
provision and continued growth of inclusive entrepreneurship activity.
Expand experiential entrepreneurial activities and pathway
programmes within education curriculum.
• Enterprise and entrepreneurship activity is embedded across schools through a
range of programmes, competitions, challenges, and employer engagement
opportunities.
• Continued partnership working is supporting progression into entrepreneurship,
STEM careers, and future employment opportunities.
Funding Identify all relevant funding streams and how they fit
together.
• Complete. Funding streams have been mapped and aligned to support delivery
across the Brighter Futures programme.
Identify different timescales for funding and any potential
gaps and future opportunities.
• Complete. Activity has been incorporated into theme-level funding
arrangements and ongoing financial planning.
Identify community benefits opportunities linked to each
theme.
• Complete. Community benefits activity is now embedded within NL Academies
and Social Value Framework delivery arrangements. 
Page 47 of 206

Page 48

Achievements to date 
The Brighter Futures programme has established a strong foundation for developing skills, talent, employability, and workforce opportunities across North
Lanarkshire. Significant progress has been made in strengthening the connection between education, learning, employability, volunteering, entrepreneurship,
and employment, helping residents access opportunities while supporting employers to address current and future workforce needs. 
Particular success has been achieved through the development of NL Academies and sector-led partnerships across the Built Environment, Care, and Digital
sectors. These partnerships have strengthened employer engagement, improved understanding of workforce demand, and supported the development of
targeted pathways into training, qualifications, and employment aligned to priority sectors. During 2025/26, NL Academies activity supported 546 residents
through skills, training, employability, and workforce development programmes. 
The programme has also strengthened curriculum pathways and vocational learning opportunities through expansion of industry-aligned pathways, Future
Fridays, STEM, and digital learning, wider achievement opportunities, and enhanced progression routes across education. Targeted action to support
equalities and inclusion has expanded opportunities for young people with additional support needs and those facing barriers to learning and employment.
Significant progress has been made through employability and community learning programmes, including support for unemployed and economically inactive
residents, expansion of supported employment pathways, delivery of ESOL and resettlement programmes, implementation of the Employer Charter, and
development of accredited learning and numeracy programmes. These activities have improved access to employment, training, accreditation, and
progression opportunities across a range of communities and priority groups. 
The programme has further strengthened volunteering and entrepreneurship through implementation of Volunteer NL, development of accreditation and
qualification pathways, expansion of Business Gateway activity, targeted support for under-represented groups, growth of social enterprise activity, and a
range of school-based enterprise and entrepreneurship programmes. 
A significant achievement has also been the approval of the Social Value Framework, establishing a consistent approach to maximising community benefits
through procurement activity and strengthening links between public investment, workforce development, employability, and inclusive economic growth. 
Collectively, these achievements have established a strong platform for long-term skills development, workforce planning, curriculum innovation, and inclusive
economic growth across North Lanarkshire, with stronger alignment between learning, skills, employability, and labour market demand. 
Next steps 
Brighter Futures has evolved from establishing new programmes, partnerships, and delivery models into a mature programme focused on developing a
future-ready skills and workforce system for North Lanarkshire. 
Building on the significant progress achieved through NL Academies, curriculum pathways, employability programmes, volunteering, entrepreneurship, and
employer partnerships, the focus of the next phase is on strengthening system-wide alignment between education, skills, workforce planning, employability,
and economic development. 
While the original Brighter Futures programme was structured around a series of individual projects and improvement activities, many of these are now
Page 48 of 206

Page 49

embedded within mainstream delivery. The scale of activity now underway provides an opportunity to take a more integrated approach, ensuring that learning,
workforce development, employability support, and employer demand collectively contribute to improved prosperity, participation, and opportunities for
residents, businesses, and communities. 
The next phase will be shaped by the introduction of the new priorities in respect of Curriculum Innovation and the Whole Family Additional Support Needs
Hub, alongside continued development of employer-led workforce pathways, supported employment opportunities, entrepreneurship, volunteering, and social
value activity. 
Together, these priorities provide a framework for co-ordinating investment, strengthening partnerships, reducing economic inactivity, improving positive
destinations, supporting inclusive growth, and ensuring residents are equipped with the skills, qualifications, and opportunities required to benefit from future
economic and workforce opportunities. 
Strategic delivery priorities
Note these are high-level and indicative at this stage, with further detail to be presented through the finalised Delivery Plan. 
16. Curriculum innovation and future learning pathways through Curriculum Innovation, vocational education, STEM, and digital learning, employer
engagement, and strengthened partnerships between schools, colleges, universities, and industry that improve attainment, positive destinations, and
workforce readiness while equipping young people and adults with the skills required for future labour market opportunities. 
17. Skills, talent, and workforce development through NL Academies, sector-led partnerships, apprenticeships, work-based learning, employer
engagement, and targeted skills programmes that address workforce shortages, support key growth sectors, and create a sustainable pipeline of talent
aligned to North Lanarkshire's economic ambitions. 
18. Inclusive pathways, employability, and additional support needs through supported employment, community learning, employability services,
volunteering, ESOL provision, and the development of a Whole Family Additional Support Needs Hub that strengthens progression pathways, reduces
barriers to opportunity, and improves life chances for children, young people, adults, and families. 
19. Economic participation, entrepreneurship, and future prosperity through entrepreneurship, business start-up support, employability programmes,
workforce participation initiatives, and stronger links between learning, skills, and employment that reduce economic inactivity, increase participation,
improve positive destinations, and support inclusive economic growth across North Lanarkshire. 
Page 49 of 206

Page 50

Digital North Lanarkshire and One Service 
Latest position of existing Programme of Work deliverables (as at July 2026) 
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
Digital North Lanarkshire
Digital culture,
leadership, and
knowledge
Create a mature and sustainable culture across the
organisation to ensure that digitisation of council services
provided to the public successfully transition them to achieve
the outcomes specified within The Plan for North Lanarkshire. 
Digital maturity assessment progressed along with rebranding and key
culture foundations. Communications plan, annual survey, and culture
monitoring underway.
Develop digital leaders to facilitate behavioural change
required to enable service transformation within existing
resources. 
Digital Champion role and resource review completed. Competency
framework in development.
Develop and deploy a self-adapting redesign framework to
accelerate digital business transformation of critical council
functions. 
Complete. Change Management Toolkit developed and deployed.
Support development of a skilled workforce to foster
consistent knowledge, improve digital adoption, and
accelerate digital-first business capabilities.
Guidance review nearing completion, self-help portal progressing, remaining
tools and protocols under development.
Improved
customer
experience
Develop customer’s digital skills and knowledge to enable
access to online and self-service activities, while ensuring
digital inclusion and no one is left behind.
Key digital services, BSL videos, digital asset map, intergenerational project,
and digital zones delivered. Remaining accessibility and communications
actions progressing.
To implement digitally enabled facilities, services, and
experiences that are user-friendly and accessible for all.
Immersive facilities, online service sign-up model, and accessibility
technology solutions delivered.
Ensure an accessible and single source approach to data that
supports the organisation by providing insights and evidence
that support decision making, planning, delivery, and
continuous improvement as well as public reporting and
transparency. 
Strategy being progressed along with the refresh to the Digital and IT
Strategy 2024-27, which is scheduled to be updated by March 2027.
Research and explore emerging technology opportunities that
align with the council’s Automation and Generative Artificial
Intelligence (GenAI) Framework. The goal is to stay ahead of
technological trends and use innovation to create more
efficient, automated services that improve customer
Ongoing, AI and GenAI implementation progressing, including live pilots and
policy development.
Page 50 of 206

Page 51

experience and better support service users.
Digital first
operations
Ensure useful, secure, compliant, and digital first applications
are available to support critical but streamlined service
delivery. 
Major systems programmes progressing, with several key systems now
delivered.
Facilitate fibre-enabled innovation to maximise the full
potential of Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence
(AI) technologies in service delivery. 
Core connectivity and infrastructure projects delivered, with IoT and resident
connectivity initiatives continuing.
Ensure single source of data to provide insights and evidence
that support decision making and service planning. Complete. Paper-to-digital records solution implemented.
Performance
optimisation
Develop an efficient digital and IT cost model to ensure scarce
financial resources are aligned to vital enabling technologies.  Innovation framework delivered and IT spend model progressing.
Enhance security monitoring to maintain effective access and
control over council data as the council delivers the anticipated
increase in its digital footprint. 
Security metrics, supplier assurance, and cyber controls framework
progressing.
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Position
One Service
Workforce Further develop workforce plans to ensure appropriate
succession planning and alignment to the overall Programme
of Work.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            
Workforce planning refreshed, transition planning and organisational change
support continuing.
Shared services
and public
service reform
Explore opportunities for shared services both within the
council and with partners, where appropriate, to maximise
efficiency.
Active participation continues in national shared services programmes.
Maintain oversight of public service reform developments and
ensure co-ordinated response to external decision making
which has a bearing on council service delivery.
Democracy Matters completed, public service reform activity ongoing.
Working with
other Boards
Work with other Boards to support delivery of priorities across
the Programme of Work. 
Complete. Dependency management, hotspot monitoring, and resource
oversight embedded across the Programme.
Ensure practical implementation of Change Management
Framework. Complete. Change Management Toolkit developed and deployed.
Lead engagement with staff, trade unions, and partners about
the Programme of Work to ensure understanding and
alignment.
Communications and engagement activity continuing.
Page 51 of 206

Page 52

Leadership and
operating model
and asset
rationalisation
Deliver the continued roll out of the Leadership and Operating
Model to ensure an effective community leadership approach,
working with partners, as the hub approach develops.
Hub model rollout progressing, with further expansion dependent on future
capital funding.
Align the asset rationalisation strategy with the Leadership and
Operating model to ensure coherent phasing and maximise
efficiency.
Asset, community ownership, and communications actions largely delivered,
with estate transition work ongoing. 
Achievements to date 
One Service has established the organisational foundations for a more integrated one council approach to service delivery and transformation. Key
achievements include implementation of the Leadership and Operating Model, development of workforce planning and succession arrangements, rollout of
community and town hubs, introduction of the corporate Change Management Toolkit, strengthened programme governance and benefits realisation
arrangements, and the development of integrated service models focused on communities, families, and prevention. 
Collectively, these changes have strengthened cross-service working, improved organisational alignment, and created a stronger platform for service
redesign, public service reform, and continuous improvement. 
Digital North Lanarkshire has modernised the council's digital foundations and established digital and innovation as key enablers of transformation.
Significant achievements include the introduction of new customer relationship management, telephony, housing and social care systems; expansion of online
services and self-service channels; improved digital connectivity through public Wi-Fi and network infrastructure investment; development of digital inclusion
initiatives; and the introduction of governance arrangements for automation, artificial intelligence, and cyber security. 
Together, these investments have improved customer experience, strengthened evidence based decision making, enabled more efficient ways of working,
and provided the digital infrastructure required to support ongoing service redesign and organisational transformation. 
Next steps 
When approved in March 2023, One Service and Digital North Lanarkshire were positioned as enabling programmes supporting delivery of the wider
Programme of Work. While this recognised their corporate and cross-cutting nature, delivery was often progressed through a number of separate projects and
workstreams. Bringing these priorities together provides an opportunity to create a clearer and more co-ordinated approach that aligns organisational
transformation and digital enablement with the delivery requirements of all Programme of Work priorities. 
As many of the original deliverables have now been completed, embedded within business-as-usual arrangements, or matured into ongoing programmes of
activity, the focus is shifting from the delivery of individual projects towards a more integrated approach to service reform, organisational development, and
digital enablement.  This evolution reflects the need to align transformation, reform, workforce development, digital capability, innovation, and performance
improvement across all Programme of Work priorities. 
Together, One Service and Digital North Lanarkshire will provide the corporate transformation, assurance, workforce, digital and innovation capabilities
required to support delivery across Transforming Places, Sustainable Futures, Resilient People, and Brighter Futures, and enable the council's long-term
Page 52 of 206

Page 53

transformation agenda. 
This integrated approach will also provide the governance, assurance, and enablement framework required to support delivery of the approved cross-cutting
strategic priorities focused on Preventative Public Services, Curriculum Innovation, Connectivity, Artificial Intelligence, Mid-Market Rent, and the Whole Family
Additional Support Needs Hub. 
Strategic delivery priorities
Note these are high-level and indicative at this stage, with further detail to be presented through the finalised Delivery Plan. 
One Service 
20. Organisational transformation, service redesign, and organisational service reform through council-wide service redesign, demand management
models to support prevention, integrated service delivery, leadership and operating model development, and transformation activity that improves service
performance, efficiency, sustainability, and delivery of a stronger one council approach. 
21. Workforce capability and organisational capacity through workforce planning, succession planning, leadership development, organisational
development, change management, and employee engagement that ensures the council has the people, skills, and capacity required to deliver future
service models. 
22. Assurance, benefits realisation, and organisational performance through programme governance, delivery assurance, benefits management,
performance oversight, and continuous improvement activity that ensures transformation delivers added value, organisational resilience, and long-term
sustainability. 
Digital North Lanarkshire 
23. Digital infrastructure, connectivity, and resilience through modern, secure, and integrated technology platforms, connectivity, cyber security, and
enterprise architecture that enables efficient, reliable, and resilient service delivery. 
24. Innovation, automation, and artificial intelligence through adoption of emerging technologies, intelligent automation, artificial intelligence, and
innovation at scale that improves productivity, insight, decision making, and service effectiveness. 
25. Customer, community, and workforce digital enablement through digital services, customer experience improvements, digital inclusion, self-service,
workforce digital capability, and adoption activity that enables residents, communities, and employees to benefit from modern, accessible, and connected
services.
Page 53 of 206

Page 54

Page 54 of 206

Page 55

North Lanarkshire Council
Report 
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes  ☒ No
Ref JMcK Date 17/09/26 
From James McKinstry, Chief Officer, Asset & Procurement
E-mail McKinstryJ@northlan.gov.uk 
Executive Summary
This report provides an update on the implementation of the Leadership and Operating
Model (L&OM) transition towards a place-based model for town and community hubs.
It seeks to provide assurance regarding progress against the direction previously agreed
by Committee in June 2026. The report highlights three significant developments since that
time: 
1. Approval has been secured to make the three community hub coordinator posts
permanent, providing long-term capacity to sustain delivery, support service redesign
and manage the continued expansion of the hub network.
2. A capital investment proposal has been prepared in line with the Committee's
previously agreed direction to utilise the existing education estate through incremental
retrofit and adaptation projects, concurrent with new development projects. The
proposal is aligned with the Sustainable Estate Strategy and gives effect to the
principles and priorities set out within the SARIS Strategy previously presented to
Committee in December 2023, as well as the Corporate Asset Management Plan
(CAMP), School Estate Management Plan (SEMP), and the development of a hub-and-
spoke model across North Lanarkshire communities.
3. Performance evidence demonstrates that the operating model is delivering positive
outcomes against the approved benefits framework, including increased partnership
working, improved utilisation of assets, growth in integrated service delivery and
stronger alignment to place, poverty and population health priorities. Orbiston
community hub is presented as a case study (Appendix 1 and 2) demonstrating these
outcomes in practice.
The report also highlights how the transition to a future Leadership and Operating Model is
increasingly positioned as a key delivery mechanism for the council's revised Programme
of Work, supporting prevention, place-based working, whole family support and stronger
community outcomes through future hub expansion and place-based service delivery. 
Policy & Strategy Committee
Leadership & Operating model – progress update
Item 5
Page 55 of 206

Page 56

Recommendations
It is recommended that the Policy & Strategy Committee:
(1) Recognise the successful progression of community hub coordinator posts to
permanent establishment and their contribution to the long-term sustainability of the
community hub operating model.
(2) Acknowledge that a capital bid has been prepared to support phased retrofit and
adaptation of priority locations within the existing education estate, in line with the
approved Leadership and Operating Model, Sustainable Estate Strategy and
Community Assets with Schools at the Core (CASC) programme.
(3) Consider the positive progress being achieved against the approved Leadership and
Operating Model benefits framework.
(4) Realise the contribution of Orbiston community hub as an exemplar of integrated
place-based delivery and acknowledge the wider community hub operating model as
a key delivery mechanism for prevention, whole family support, tackling inequalities
and community wellbeing.
(5) Agree that future performance reporting continues to be aligned to the benefits
framework and operating model maturity programme. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority Improve economic opportunities and outcomes
Ambition statement (24) Review and design services around people, communities,
and shared resources
Programme of Work One Service
1. Background 
1.1 In June 2026, Committee received an update on the Leadership and Operating Model
and endorsed the continued development of the Community hub programme through
a phased approach to transformation, asset optimisation and place-based service
delivery.
1.2 The Community hub strategy and delivery form a key element of the Council's One
Service approach and is designed to improve accessibility, integration and partnership
working by bringing together services, communities and partners within shared local
assets.
1.3 The operating model also reflects the Council's increasing focus on preventative public
services. By bringing together council services, health partners, third sector
organisations and communities within shared local assets, the model seeks to identify
need earlier, reduce barriers to access, coordinate support around people and places,
and reduce demand for more intensive interventions over time. The approach supports
a shift from reactive service provision towards earlier intervention, prevention and
community-led solutions.
1.4 The operating model has now progressed beyond initial mobilisation and is
demonstrating measurable outcomes across existing community hubs. Lessons
learned from delivery are informing future investment, workforce planning and service
redesign activity. 
Page 56 of 206

Page 57

2. Report 
Workforce sustainability and community hub coordinators
2.1 Following approval through the Council's workforce change governance arrangements,
the three Community hub Coordinator posts within the Operating Model Delivery Team
have been established on a permanent basis. The recruitment process will be
concluded in the coming weeks. 
2.2 The decision reflects growing evidence that hub coordination is a critical enabler of
successful place-based delivery. Coordinators provide operational oversight,
partnership development, space management, programme coordination and support
the implementation of the ‘No Wrong Door’ approach across communities.
2.3 Permanency provides stability for both staff and partners while reducing recruitment
and retention risks. It ensures capacity is available to sustain current operations,
support future hub developments and maintain consistency as the operating model
transitions towards a more mature Phase 3 position
2.4 As community hubs mature, the coordinator role provides the local leadership and
partnership coordination required to support integrated delivery and preventative
approaches within communities.
Sustainable estate strategy and hub expansion to scale the model 
2.5 At its previous meeting, Committee endorsed the strategic direction of expanding
community hubs through a blended approach comprising both new developments and
the adaptation of existing assets. 
2.6 In line with that direction, a Strategic Capital Investment Programme bid has been
prepared for consideration as part of the Council's capital planning process. The
proposal seeks investment between 2027/28 and 2033/34 to repurpose a number of
under-utilised education estate assets and create additional community hub
accommodation.
2.7 The proposal aligns with the Sustainable Estate Strategy, including the principles
established through the SARIS Strategy presented to Committee in December 2023,
together with the Corporate Asset Management Plan and School Estate Management
Plan, and supports the Community Assets with Schools at the Core (CASC) approach.
2.8 The programme is designed to retrofit existing education buildings rather than rely
solely upon new build solutions, creating community anchor facilities capable of
accommodating integrated council, NHS, third sector and community provision. The
approach supports: 
• improved utilisation of existing assets;
• early intervention and prevention activity;
• delivery of tackling poverty priorities;
• population health improvement;
• workforce localisation;
• estate rationalisation opportunities; and
• expansion of the hub-and-spoke operating model.
2.8.1 The proposed retrofit programme is therefore not solely an estate 
investment. It represents an investment in preventative infrastructure, creating 
local hubs from which integrated services can work alongside communities to 
improve outcomes, reduce inequalities and support delivery of preventative public Page 57 of 206

Page 58

services closer to where people live.
2.9 The capital proposal represents a significant step towards scaling the operating model
across North Lanarkshire while ensuring investment remains aligned with sustainable
asset management principles. 
Benefits framework performance and outcomes 
2.10 The Leadership and Operating Model benefits framework was approved to provide a
structured approach to measuring whether the transition to community hubs is
delivering the intended strategic, operational and community outcomes. The framework
measures performance across eight interconnected outcomes designed to support
delivery of the plan for North Lanarkshire, community planning priorities and the
council's transformation ambitions. 
2.10.1 Whilst sections 2.22 to 2.26 in the report and Appendices 1 and 2 focus 
specifically on performance of Orbiston, wider evidence is summarised 
below in sections 2.11 to 2.19 and is extracted from the hub performance 
dashboards. Members will recall these being presented at the June 
committee.
# Outcome 1: More joined-up, accessible and person-centred services 
2.11 Evidence demonstrates significant progress in creating more integrated and accessible
services at a local level. Across the hub network between 16 and 35 organisations are
actively participating within hub governance and delivery arrangements, with over 40
jointly delivered programmes now operating and collaborative activity increasing by
41%. This reflects a shift away from silo-based service delivery towards a coordinated
‘No Wrong Door’ model, providing residents with improved access to support through
trusted local locations.
# Outcome 2: Earlier intervention and prevention 
2.12 The evidence emerging from hub locations demonstrates how co-location and
coordinated delivery are helping services intervene earlier in people's lives. Families
are increasingly accessing support through trusted community settings before needs
escalate. This includes access to financial inclusion advice, family support, health
improvement activity, employability support and community learning.
2.13 While the full impact on long-term service demand will require ongoing evaluation, the
model is beginning to demonstrate the practical application of preventative public
services through earlier identification of need, coordinated responses and reduced
fragmentation between services. This reflects the council's wider shift towards
preventative public services, where support is delivered earlier, closer to communities
and in a more coordinated way to improve outcomes and reduce demand for intensive
interventions over time.
Page 58 of 206

Page 59

# Outcome 3: Better use of public assets and increased efficiency 
2.14 The community hub model continues to demonstrate improved utilisation of public
assets and increasing value from the council's estate. Across the network, bookings
and occupancy levels have increased significantly, with hubs becoming recognised
gateways for services and community activity. This supports the Corporate Asset
Management Plan objective of maximising value from existing assets while reducing
duplication across the wider estate. Orbiston community hub has demonstrated
particularly strong growth, reporting substantial increases in bookings, hours of use and
community footfall following implementation of the operating model. 
# Outcome 4: Stronger partnership working and community capacity 
2.15 Partnership working continues to strengthen across the hub network, creating
additional value through collaboration and shared use of resources. The benefits
framework records partner value already being generated within hubs and
demonstrates increasing levels of engagement from council services, NHS partners,
third sector organisations and community groups. In addition, volunteer opportunities,
apprenticeships and placements are emerging through the hub network, helping to
build local capacity and community resilience.
# Outcome 5: A scalable and sustainable operating model 
2.16 A key objective of the operating model is to establish a sustainable platform for long-
term transformation. The benefits framework demonstrates strong alignment between
hub activity and Local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities, with all current hub
projects aligned to community planning outcomes. Activity across the network is making
a measurable contribution to tackling poverty, whole family support, population health
and place-based regeneration priorities. These outcomes provide assurance that the
model is supporting delivery of strategic policy objectives while creating a scalable
approach for future expansion.
# Outcome 6: Improved workforce capability and collaborative delivery 
2.17 The operating model is supporting more integrated ways of working across services
and partners. Hub Delivery Boards bring together multiple organisations around shared
local priorities, while co-location arrangements enable staff to work more collaboratively
across traditional service boundaries. The recent decision to establish Community hub
Coordinator posts on a permanent basis provides a stable workforce foundation to
sustain these arrangements and support future expansion of the model. 
# Outcome 7: Digital enablement and inclusion 
2.18 Progress is also being demonstrated in relation to digital inclusion and assisted digital
support. Hubs are increasingly being used to provide digitally enabled services, digital
awareness programmes and assistance for residents who may face barriers accessing
online services. Examples include digital inclusion programmes for older people, inter-
generational learning projects and assisted self-service approaches that support wider
Digital NL ambitions.  
Page 59 of 206

Page 60

# Outcome 8: Improved coordination and information sharing
2.19 The framework identifies improved coordination and referral pathways as a key
outcome of the operating model. Evidence from across the hub network demonstrates
growing numbers of joint programmes, coordinated interventions and integrated
approaches to supporting families and communities. Partner feedback and case studies
consistently highlight improved relationships, faster access to support and stronger
referral pathways between organisations. Collectively, these developments are
creating the conditions required to embed a sustainable ‘No Wrong Door’ approach
across North Lanarkshire. 
Preventative public services in practice 
2.20 The operating model is increasingly providing a foundation for preventative public
service delivery across North Lanarkshire. Through integrated local delivery, services
are able to work collectively around people, families and communities rather than
organisational boundaries. This creates opportunities to identify need earlier,
coordinate interventions more effectively, connect residents to community support and
reduce reliance on crisis responses. The emerging evidence suggests that the greatest
value of the model lies not only in estate efficiencies and improved utilisation, but in its
ability to create the conditions for improved long-term outcomes and more sustainable
public services.
2.21 Taken together, the evidence from Orbiston (Appendices 1 and 2) and the wider hub
network demonstrates that the Leadership and Operating Model has moved beyond
implementation and is delivering measurable improvements in collaboration,
community impact, asset utilisation and service integration. This provides a strong
foundation for the next phase of expansion through new hub developments and
targeted retrofit investment.
2.22 The model is increasingly demonstrating how place-based delivery can support
prevention, early intervention, whole family support and sustainable public services,
while contributing to Programme of Work priorities, emerging LOIP priorities and Health
& Social Care and Children's Services Partnership objectives. In doing so, it aligns
strongly with Scotland's Public Service Reform Strategy and its emphasis on
prevention, joined-up services and efficient, place-based delivery.
Orbiston community hub: demonstrating outcomes in practice 
2.23 The Orbiston example (Appendix 1) demonstrates preventative public services in
practice, with coordinated support helping families address housing, income, wellbeing
and family challenges at an earlier stage, reducing the risk of escalation into more
intensive and costly interventions while improving outcomes for children and families.
2.24 Located within a community experiencing significant levels of deprivation and child
poverty, the hub has brought together education, family learning, council services, NHS
services and third-sector partners within a single integrated environment. Over 35
services now operate from the facility, generating over 80,000 visits (to June 2026)
while significantly increasing bookings, utilisation and participation. 
2.25 The hub demonstrates all eight Benefits Framework outcomes working collectively.
Services are more accessible, integrated support is delivered earlier, partnership
working has strengthened, asset utilisation has increased and families can access a
broader range of coordinated support through a single trusted location. Case study
evidence demonstrates how coordinated interventions are helping families improve
housing conditions, increase financial resilience, access support more quickly and
Page 60 of 206

Page 61

improve outcomes for children and young people
2.26 Orbiston provides a practical example of how the benefits framework outcomes can be
realised through place-based delivery. The learning, partnership arrangements and
evidence emerging from Orbiston will inform future development of the wider hub
network and support the continued maturation of the Community hub Operating Model
across North Lanarkshire.
2.27 Building on the progress achieved to date, the next phase of implementation will focus
on scaling the operating model through both planned new developments and the
adaptation of existing assets. This includes opportunities associated with future
community hub developments, including Chryston Campus, alongside wider
investment proposals aligned to the Sustainable Estate Strategy and Community
Assets with Schools at the Core approach. These developments will help extend the
reach of integrated local delivery, strengthen community capacity and support the
Council's preventative and place-based ambitions. 
Strategic challenges and next phase considerations 
2.28 As the operating model enters its next phase of maturity and expansion, several
strategic challenges will require continued focus. The national policy emphasis on
prevention and early intervention, whilst aligned to the Community hub approach,
requires public services to deliver longer-term transformational change within a period
of continuing financial constraint and increasing demand pressures.
2.29 Delivering effective place-based working will require sustained commitment from
partners and council services, continued workforce development, strengthened data
and intelligence sharing arrangements and the ability to align resources around shared
community priorities. In addition, ensuring consistency of delivery across an expanding
hub network, while maintaining flexibility to respond to differing local needs, will remain
a key consideration. 
2.30 Notwithstanding these challenges, the community hub operating model is well
positioned to support the council's ambitions for service transformation, prevention and
community-led delivery, providing an established framework through which strategic
priorities can be translated into measurable local outcomes. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1 Progress will continue to be monitored through the Leadership and Operating Model
Benefits Framework, including:
• increased integrated service delivery and partnership activity;
• evidence of preventative outcomes through increased early intervention activity,
coordinated support pathways and reduced escalation of need where measurable.
• increased utilisation of council assets;
• improved accessibility to support and services;
• increased community participation and engagement;
• evidence of earlier intervention and prevention outcomes;
• improved alignment to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities;
• measurable contribution towards tackling poverty and population health
objectives; and
• successful delivery of the hub-and-spoke estate strategy  
Page 61 of 206

Page 62

4. Supporting documentation 
Appendix 1: Orbiston Community Hub case study
Appendix 2: Orbiston Community hub dashboard 
James McKinstry
Chief Officer, Asset & Procurement 
5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
The operating model supports improved local access to services, particularly within
communities experiencing socio-economic disadvantage and inequalities. It
contributes directly to tackling poverty, improving accessibility and reducing
barriers to support. 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Assessment completed and live document, not yet published. 
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.2 Financial impact   
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
A capital bid valued at approximately £7.5m has been submitted to support hub
expansion through estate retrofit. Improved asset utilisation, co-location and
service redesign are expected to improve long-term value from council assets. 
The capital bid process will be followed.
5.3 HR policy impact   
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
Page 62 of 206

Page 63

Permanent establishment of Community hub Coordinator posts strengthens
workforce sustainability and supports continuation of the operating model. This has
been approved through workforce change steering group.
5.4 Legal impact   
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
data subject? 
Yes If Yes, ☐ has a Data No
Protection Im
☐ pact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e- 
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
The Leadership and Operating Model supports digital inclusion and the delivery of
digitally enabled services through community hubs. Hub locations provide assisted
digital support, digital skills programmes and access to online council and partner
services, helping residents overcome barriers to digital access and participation.
The approach contributes to Digital NL ambitions by improving digital inclusion,
supporting service accessibility and enabling more integrated service delivery
within communities. 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has
an assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
The proposed expansion of community hubs through retrofit and adaptation of
existing education estate assets supports the Council's Sustainable Estate Strategy
and may contribute to improved utilisation of existing buildings, estate
rationalisation opportunities and reduced carbon impacts when compared with
Page 63 of 206

Page 64

reliance on new-build development. Detailed environmental and carbon
assessments will be undertaken as part of individual capital projects.
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
Future communications opportunities associated with capital investment approvals
and community hub expansion.
5.9 Risk impact   
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed?
Failure to maintain coordination capacity or invest in the sustainable estate
programme would risk fragmentation of service delivery, reduced asset utilisation
and slower progression of the operating model.
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services.
5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC).
The model supports whole family approaches, early intervention, improved access
to services and enhanced support for children and young people across North
Lanarkshire with key dependencies to the Resilient People POW. 
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☒ No ☐
Page 64 of 206

Page 65

Appendix 1 Orbiston Community hub: Case study, Enabling place-based integrated support and better outcomes in Bellshill 
Bellshill context, need and strategic alignment 
Indicator Bellshill
Data  Our challenge
Children in
low-income families  28% Direct child poverty
pressure
Young people in
income-deprived
areas 
36%  Future poverty risk
Free school meal
eligibility  24.9% Household income
vulnerability
Population in most
deprived SIMD 20%  37.9%  Concentrated deprivation 
Poverty &
food
insecurity
Community
resilience &
participation
Mental
health &
emotional
wellbeing 
Digital
inclusion 
Community
Safety
Page 65 of 206

Page 66

The Orbiston Community Hub model 
Community Hub enabling integrated service provision
Orbiston Hub, a £43m investment, combines schools,
family learning, and community services in an accessible
location 
No wrong door approach
Families access multiple supports through a trusted and
connected local setting reducing barriers to engagement. 
Co-ordinated and relationship led-practice
Services share governance, align delivery, and adapt
collectively to meet local priorities and emerging needs. 
Community anchor and early intervention
Through our working with communities approach we can
co-design solutions that are sustainable and scalable.
The hub supports early intervention and increased
community use, enhancing service visibility and family
wellbeing.
Page 66 of 206

Page 67

Improved relationships, coordination and partnership delivery 
Strong Partnership Working
Deliberate coordination and relationship-building enable
effective partnership among Council, NHS, third-sector
organisations and community groups. 
Central Coordination Role
The Community Hub Coordinator ensures accountability for
intake, triage, space management, and agency alignment. 
Improved Multi-Agency Engagement
Increased engagement results in timely responses and clear
pathways across housing, family support, health and wellbeing
services. 
Trauma-Informed Practice
Structured environment supports sensitive, consistent
responses to families experiencing poverty and stress.
Page 67 of 206

Page 68

Jan-Jul 26
Demand, reach and community utilisation 
190% 
95 
276% 
93,031 
Jan-Jul 26
11%
Page 68 of 206

Page 69

u
atin 
Financial impact & value generated 
total income NEW pitch income partner value 
£61.5k
COMBINED VALUE
GENERATED  £62.7k
Broadly balanced operating model
with significantly increased
utilisation & community access.
£50k £35k £11.5k    
• 
OPERATING
COSTS
Page 69 of 206

Page 70

Positive impacts on housing stability and poverty outcomes 
Early Coordinated Intervention
Routine contact points identify housing issues early, allowing
support to be integrated before crisis emerges. 
Integrated Family Support
Housing, financial inclusion, and welfare advice are combined to
reduce stigma and improve service uptake. 
Holistic Approach to Wellbeing
Addressing income, debt, mental health, and parenting pressures
stabilises households and prevents costly interventions. 
Improved Outcomes and Accessibility
Families access help earlier, sustaining tenancies and providing
children a stable home and learning environments.
Page 70 of 206

Page 71

Whole family support in practice 
Integrated Family Support
The hub aims to provide coordinated plans reflecting real family
needs, moving beyond fragmented individual services. 
Multi-Service Access
Families access education, housing, income, health and
wellbeing, and community services in a trusted location. 
Early Identification and Collaboration
Schools and partners identify issues early, enabling collaborative
case coordination and stronger trust. 
Building Family Resilience
Joined-up, respectful support improves engagement, builds
resilience, and helps children thrive despite challenges.
Page 71 of 206

Page 72

Feedback from services 
The hub has played a key role in establishing and growing
our service: 
• Created a consistent, sustainable local presence
• Enabled strong engagement and participant retention
• Improved confidence, wellbeing, and daily functioning
• Reduced the need for residents to travel outside the area
for support
• Built peer networks, reducing isolation and increasing
connection
• Provided access to specialist ADHD support not
previously available locally 
The hubs have improved support for carers by: 
• Providing a safe, private space to talk openly
• Allowing carers to access support closer to
home, reducing time away from caring roles
• Enabling better signposting to relevant
services
• Giving staff a local base, reducing travel and
improving efficiency
The hubs enable us to: 
• Meet families in a comfortable, neutral
space when home visits aren’t suitable
• Deliver a wider range of groups and activities
in one central location
• Provide flexible, responsive support tailored
to local needs
• Maintain consistent engagement within the
community 
The hubs have strengthened our work by providing: 
• Welcoming, non-clinical spaces where people feel
comfortable
• Greater visibility within local communities
• Easier partnership working and signposting
• Stronger connections with other
organisations
The hub has enhanced our delivery by providing: 
• Opportunities for joint school and family learning,
supporting integration within the shared campus
• Access to flexible spaces with a variety of room sizes
• Increased visibility to families, particularly those visiting
nearby schools
• A dedicated family room, offering a consistent, welcoming
environment
• Improved storage and access to resources, supporting
effective delivery
Page 72 of 206

Page 73

Learning, value and future potential 
Efficiency and Coordination
Hub Coordinators enable efficiency, demand management, and
partnership alignment, contributing to a reduction in crisis
escalation. 
Transferable Learning
Orbiston offers lessons that co-location combined with shared
governance and relationship-led practice enhances outcomes for
local people. 
Operational Sustainability
Orbiston hub improves asset use and generates income
supporting caretaking and facilities management sustainably. 
Scalable Place-Based Model
The model supports housing stability, child poverty reduction, and
whole-family support aligning policy and delivery.
Page 73 of 206

Page 74

Page 74 of 206

Page 75

North Lanarkshire Council Report 
Policy and Strategy Committee 
Does this report require to be approved? ☒ Yes   ☐ No
Ref SL/REB Date  17/09/26 
School Sanitary Accommodation – Update on Legislative
Requirements and Feasibility Review 
From  Stephen Llewellyn, Acting Depute Chief Executive  
E-mail LlewellynS@northlan.gov.uk   
Executive Summary
The School Premises (General Requirements and Standards) (Scotland) Regulations 1967
prescribe the minimum standards for school accommodation in Scotland, including
requirements relating to pupil sanitary accommodation. In particular, Regulation 15
specifies the minimum number of sanitary appliances and wash hand basins, requires
separate sanitary accommodation for boys and girls, requires wash hand basins to be
located adjacent to sanitary facilities, and requires toilet cubicles to provide privacy through
lockable doors and suitable partitions. 
On 4 June 2026, the Court of Session issued a judgment which considered the
interpretation of Regulation 15. The Court concluded that the requirement for separate
sanitary accommodation extends not only to toilets but also to the associated wash hand
basin facilities. The judgment has prompted local authorities across Scotland to review
existing toilet provision within their school estates to assess compliance with the
Regulations. 
Separately, the Scottish Government has undertaken a national consultation on proposals
to modernise the School Premises (General Requirements and Standards) (Scotland)
Regulations 1967. The consultation recognised that the existing Regulations no longer fully
reflect modern educational environments and proposed a range of updates, including
changes to sanitary accommodation requirements. The consultation has now concluded
and revised Regulations are awaited. 
In response to these developments, officers have undertaken an initial review of toilet
provision across the Council's school estate. While the majority of schools appear to
comply with the current legislative requirements, a number of schools have been identified
where further investigation is required. Feasibility studies will therefore be undertaken to
assess the existing layouts, identify any changes that may be required, and provide an
evidence base to inform future decision-making. 
The review will also provide an opportunity to ensure that toilet provision across North
Lanarkshire schools is aligned with the Equality and Human Rights Commission's revised
Code of Practice for Services, Public Functions and Associations, together with the
updated School Premises (General Requirements and Standards) (Scotland) Regulations
once these are published. 
This report provides members with an overview of the current legislative position, the
implications of the Court of Session judgment, and the programme of feasibility work that
is now being undertaken across the Council's school estate.
Item 6
Page 75 of 206

Page 76

1. Background 
1.1 The School Premises (General Requirements and Standards) (Scotland) Regulations
1967 prescribe the minimum standards for accommodation within Scottish schools,
including requirements relating to pupil sanitary accommodation. 
1.2 In June 2026, the Court of Session issued its judgment in proceedings involving West
Lothian Council concerning the interpretation of Regulation 15 of the 1967 Regulations.
The Court concluded that the term "sanitary accommodation" includes both toilet
facilities and associated wash hand basins and that, where separate sanitary
accommodation is required for boys and girls, the associated wash hand washing
facilities must also form part of that separate accommodation. 
1.3 The judgment has prompted local authorities throughout Scotland to review existing
toilet provision within their school estates to determine whether current arrangements
comply with the Court's interpretation of the Regulations. 
1.4 Separately, the Scottish Government consulted during late 2025 and early 2026 on
proposals to modernise the School Premises Regulations. The consultation recognised
that the existing Regulations are almost sixty years old and no longer reflect modern
educational environments or contemporary approaches to accessibility, equality and
inclusion. At the time of writing, the outcome of that consultation has not yet been
published. 
Recommendations
It is recommended that Policy and Strategy Committee: 
(1) Acknowledges the Court of Session judgment concerning school sanitary
accommodation and the interpretation of the School Premises (General Requirements
and Standards) (Scotland) Regulations 1967; 
(2) Acknowledges the Scottish Government's ongoing review of the School Premises
Regulations and that revised statutory guidance and regulations are anticipated
following the recent national consultation; 
(3) Acknowledges that officers have undertaken an initial review of school toilet provision
across the Council estate; and 
(4) Acknowledges that feasibility studies will now be undertaken at those schools where
further investigation is considered necessary to determine whether any design
changes may be required to ensure continued compliance with statutory
requirements. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
Programme of
Work Statutory / corporate / service requirement
Page 76 of 206

Page 77

1.5 Given the legal judgment and the anticipated changes to national legislation, officers
have undertaken an initial review of sanitary accommodation across North Lanarkshire
schools, including the configuration of toilet and associated wash hand basin facilities. 
2. Report 
2.1 Regulation 15 of the School Premises (General Requirements and Standards)
(Scotland) Regulations 1967 sets out the minimum standards for sanitary
accommodation in schools. The Regulations require: 
• An appropriate number of sanitary appliances based upon school roll; 
• Separate sanitary accommodation for boys and girls; 
• Wash basins to be situated adjacent to sanitary appliances; 
• Lockable cubicles providing privacy; and 
• Provision for sanitary waste disposal where appropriate. 
2.2 The Court of Session has confirmed that sanitary accommodation should be interpreted
as comprising both toilet facilities and associated wash hand basins. Consequently,
where sanitary accommodation is provided separately for boys and girls, the wash
hand basin facilities associated with that accommodation should also be provided
separately. 
2.3 Although the Scottish Government has consulted upon amendments to the
Regulations, including removing the requirement for separate numerical allocations
for boys and girls and removing the statutory requirement for urinals, the existing
Regulations remain in force until amended. 
Review of the Council Estate 
2.4 Following the Court judgment, officers undertook an initial review of pupil sanitary
accommodation across the Council's school estate, including the configuration of toilet
and associated wash hand basin facilities. The review identified that the overwhelming
majority of schools continue to comply with the requirements of the current
Regulations.  
2.5 However, a limited number of more recently constructed schools contain communal
wash hand basin arrangements serving separately designated toilet cubicles. These
arrangements reflected accepted design practice at the time the schools were
designed and constructed and were consistent with Scottish Government and
approaches to school design which recognised the importance of creating safe,
supportive and well-supervised environments. The design rationale included
facilitating passive supervision, reducing opportunities for antisocial behaviour and
supporting safeguarding within school environments. 
2.6 In light of the Court's interpretation of the Regulations, these arrangements require
further detailed consideration to determine whether the configuration of the toilet and
associated wash hand basin facilities complies with the current statutory
requirements. 
Feasibility Studies 
2.7 An initial assessment has identified 13 school campuses where communal wash hand
basin arrangements require further investigation. The purpose of the feasibility studies
will be to: 
Page 77 of 206

Page 78

• Examine each individual layout; 
• Determine whether the existing configuration of toilet and associated wash
hand basin facilities complies with the Court's interpretation of the Regulations; 
• Identify whether operational changes could address any issues; 
• Consider whether minor or major building alterations to toilet and/or associated
hand wash basin facilities may be required; 
• Identify any implications for accessibility, safeguarding and equality; 
• Provide estimated capital costs for any proposed alterations; 
• Consider whether alternative layouts or operational arrangements could
provide a compliant solution while maintaining appropriate standards of privacy,
accessibility, safeguarding and supervision; and 
• Establish an appropriate programme should works ultimately be required. 
2.8 The feasibility studies will not commit the Council to undertaking physical alterations.
Rather, they will provide the information required to support future decision-making.
The studies will also enable officers to take account of: 
• Any revised School Premises Regulations published by the Scottish
Government; 
• Updated guidance from the Equality and Human Rights Commission; 
• Emerging good practice across Scottish local authorities; and 
• Any additional national guidance issued following the Government consultation. 
2.9 The feasibility studies will assess the existing sanitary accommodation arrangements
at each individual school, including the configuration of toilet and associated wash hand
basin facilities, to determine whether any changes are required to ensure compliance
with current legislative requirements. The studies will identify potential options,
including operational changes, minor adaptations or more significant capital works,
together with indicative costs and implementation considerations. 
2.10 Should the feasibility studies identify that capital investment is required, officers will
prepare an appropriate bid for consideration through the Strategic Capital Delivery
Group. Subject to approval of any necessary funding, any approved works will be
delivered through the Council’s established capital project governance arrangements
in line with other capital investment projects. 
Conclusion 
2.11 The recent Court of Session judgment has clarified the interpretation of the School
Premises (General Requirements and Standards) (Scotland) Regulations 1967 in
relation to school sanitary accommodation. 
2.12 North Lanarkshire Council has responded proactively by undertaking an initial review
of sanitary accommodation across its school estate. While the majority of schools
appear unaffected, a number of newer facilities with communal wash hand basin
arrangements serving separately designated toilet facilities require more detailed
technical assessment. 
2.13 The commissioning of feasibility studies represents a proportionate and evidence-
based approach that will enable the Council to understand the implications of the
judgment, consider any future changes required, and ensure that decisions are
informed by both the forthcoming Scottish Government reforms and updated national
guidance. 
Page 78 of 206

Page 79

3. Measures of success 
3.1  The success of this work will be measured through: 
• Completion of feasibility studies for all identified schools within the agreed
programme;
• Development of a comprehensive evidence base to inform future decision-
making;
• Continued compliance with statutory requirements and emerging national
guidance;
•  Identification of proportionate and cost-effective solutions where changes are
required;
•  Alignment of future school design standards with revised Scottish Government
regulations and guidance; and
•  Assurance to members that the Council is managing legal, operational and
financial risks associated with school sanitary accommodation in an appropriate
and transparent manner. 
4. Supporting documentation 
None. 
Stephen Llewellyn
Acting Depute Chief Executive 
Page 79 of 206

Page 80

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
There are financial implications associated with undertaking feasibility studies to
assess the identified schools which will be met from existing budgets. The studies
will determine whether any physical alterations are required and will provide
estimated costs for any future capital works. Any funding requirements arising from
the review will be reported to Committee as part of a future report. 
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
The report concerns the Council's statutory obligations under the School Premises
(General Requirements and Standards) (Scotland) Regulations 1967 and follows the
Court of Session judgment in the petition of DE and FG against West Lothian
Council, which clarified the interpretation of Regulation 15 relating to sanitary
accommodation. The report also notes the Scottish Government's consultation on
proposed amendments to the Regulations and the need to consider any revised
legislative requirements once published. 
Page 80 of 206

Page 81

5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒  
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
data subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has
an assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
There is likely to be public and stakeholder interest in this matter given the Court of
Session judgment and the Scottish Government's ongoing review of the Regulations.
Appropriate communications will be developed should any future changes to school
facilities be required. 
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
There is a legal and reputational risk if the Council does not appropriately consider
the implications of the Court of Session judgment and future legislative changes. The
feasibility studies are intended to identify any areas requiring action and provide an
evidence base for future decisions, thereby supporting the management of legal,
financial and operational risks. Any significant risks will be managed through the
appropriate Service and Project Risk Registers as the work progresses. 
Page 81 of 206

Page 82

5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services. 
5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
The report relates directly to toilet provision within Council schools and therefore
affects children and young people. The review seeks to ensure that school facilities
meet statutory requirements and continue to provide safe, appropriate, accessible
and dignified sanitary accommodation for pupils. 
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
Page 82 of 206

Page 83

North Lanarkshire Council 
Report 
Policy and Strategy Committee 
Does this report require to be approved? ☒ Yes   ☐ No
Ref SL/LP/REB Date  17/09/26 
Revised Community Ownership and Management of Council-Owned
Assets Policy 
From  Stephen Llewellyn, Depute Chief Executive  
E-mail LlewellynS@northlan.gov.uk   
Executive Summary
The purpose of this report is to seek approval of the revised Community Ownership and
Management of Council-Owned Assets Policy (the "Policy"), attached at Appendix 1. 
The Policy has been comprehensively reviewed to ensure that it continues to provide an
effective, transparent and consistent framework for the consideration of requests from
community organisations seeking to own, lease or manage Council-owned assets. The
review reflects changes in legislation, evolving best practice, operational experience
gained since the Policy was first implemented, recommendations arising from internal audit
activity, and the Council's continuing commitment to community empowerment and
community wealth building. 
Community ownership and management of assets remain an important mechanism
through which the Council supports the ambitions set out in The Plan for North Lanarkshire,
enabling communities to play a greater role in the stewardship and delivery of local facilities
and services where this delivers demonstrable community benefit. The revised Policy
reinforces the Council's commitment to working collaboratively with communities whilst
ensuring that public assets continue to be managed responsibly, transparently and in
accordance with statutory obligations. 
The review has considered the operation of the existing Policy, feedback from officers
involved in administering Community Asset Transfer (CAT) requests, practical experience
gained through previous applications, and recommendations arising from Internal Audit.
Attention has been given to strengthening governance arrangements, improving clarity
around eligibility criteria, refining assessment processes and ensuring that decision-
making arrangements are more clearly defined and consistently applied. 
The revised Policy introduces a number of significant improvements, including: 
• clearer policy objectives and guiding principles;
• revised eligibility requirements for applicant organisations;
• a more structured assessment and governance process;
• enhanced guidance on the different types of requests that may be made;
• strengthened arrangements for decision-making, monitoring and reporting;
• improved clarity around the respective roles of officers, senior management and
Elected Members;
• clear governance arrangements for Community Asset Transfer applications; and
Item 7
Page 83 of 206

Page 84

• alignment with current statutory guidance issued under the Community
Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015. 
A significant enhancement within the revised Policy is the introduction of a dedicated
section addressing Common Good Assets. Whilst Community Asset Transfer legislation
applies to Common Good property, such assets are also subject to additional legal
principles and governance considerations arising from Common Good law. Historically,
these arrangements have not been expressly reflected within the Council's Community
Ownership and Management of Assets Policy. 
Growing interest from community organisations in acquiring or managing Common Good
property, together with the Council's ongoing work to strengthen the governance of
Common Good assets generally, has highlighted the need for a clear policy framework to
support future decision making. The revised Policy therefore establishes, for the first time,
specific policy provisions governing Community Asset Transfer applications affecting
Common Good property. 
The new section recognises the Council's statutory responsibilities in relation to Common
Good property, requires early identification of Common Good assets during the
assessment process, establishes the need for appropriate legal review and governance,
and confirms that Community Asset Transfer applications involving Common Good
property will be subject to additional considerations reflecting the Council's fiduciary
responsibilities. 
To support implementation of these provisions, a new Common Good Assets Operational
Protocol has also been prepared. The Protocol provides officers with a structured
operational process covering identification of Common Good assets, legal determination,
consultation requirements, governance arrangements and decision-making processes.
Separating operational guidance from the Policy itself provides flexibility to amend
administrative procedures in response to operational experience 
The review has been undertaken collaboratively across a number of Council services,
including Community Partnership, Asset and Procurement, Community Operations,
Finance and Technology and Legal, Democratic and Strategy. At the time of submission
of this report, the operational assessment process is under review along with that of
associated paperwork. The outcome of this review is not expected to alter the overall policy
direction or governance framework but are intended to strengthen the operational
procedures associated with the implementation of this Policy and will result in a
comprehensive suite of support materials to accompany the final published policy. 
Following approval in principle by Committee and completion of the procedure review and
paperwork, officers will ensure that key documents such as flowcharts, assessment
documentation and operational guidance are clearly published on the council’s website
alongside the Policy. Appropriate officer training and communication with community
organisations will also be undertaken to support implementation. 
Approval of the revised Policy will provide the Council with a modern, comprehensive and
legally robust framework for community ownership and management of Council assets,
whilst ensuring that Community Asset Transfer applications involving Common Good
property are considered in a transparent, consistent and legally compliant manner. 
Recommendations
It is recommended that Policy and Resources Committee:
Page 84 of 206

Page 85

1. Background 
1.1 North Lanarkshire Council is committed to supporting community empowerment and
enabling communities to participate more fully in the ownership, management and
stewardship of local assets where this will deliver sustainable community benefit and
contribute to the priorities set out in The Plan for North Lanarkshire. 
1.2 The Council's existing Community Ownership and Management of Council-Owned
Assets Policy provides the framework through which requests for Community Asset
Transfer, community leases, participation requests and other forms of community
management are considered. The Policy supports implementation of Part 5 of the
Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 whilst providing a broader corporate
framework for considering requests that fall outwith the statutory Community Asset
Transfer regime. 
1.3 Since the Policy was introduced, the Council has gained significant practical
experience through the assessment and determination of Community Asset Transfer
requests and other community asset proposals. This experience has highlighted
opportunities to improve clarity, strengthen governance arrangements and ensure
greater consistency in the assessment and decision-making process. 
(1) Approves the revised Community Ownership and Management of Council-Owned
Assets Policy, attached at Appendix 1, as the Council's policy framework for the
consideration of Community Asset Transfer requests, community leases, participation
requests and other community ownership and management arrangements; 
(2) Approves the inclusion within the Policy of a dedicated section relating to Common
Good Assets together with the supporting Common Good Assets Operational
Protocol; 
(3) Acknowledge  that an operational review of process and paperwork is still underway
to support the implementation of the policy requiring finalisation by relevant Council
services, including Legal, Democratic and Strategy, Estates, Community Partnerships
and Asset and Procurement, and delegates authority to the Acting Depute Chief
Executive, in consultation with the Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic and Strategy), to
approve any minor drafting, technical, operational or presentational amendments
required prior to publication, provided these do not materially alter the policy intent
approved by Committee; and 
(4) Acknowledge that the operation of the Policy will be monitored through existing
governance arrangements and reported annually to the appropriate Committee as part
of the Council's statutory reporting requirements under the Community Empowerment
(Scotland) Act 2015. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
Programme of
Work Statutory / corporate / service requirement
Page 85 of 206

Page 86

1.4 In addition, Internal Audit has undertaken reviews of aspects of the Community Asset
Transfer process and identified opportunities to strengthen documentation, improve
transparency of assessment criteria, clarify eligibility requirements and enhance
governance and record keeping. Officers have incorporated these recommendations
throughout the revised Policy to ensure that it reflects current best practice and
supports consistent decision making. 
1.5 During the review process, increasing interest has also been expressed by community
organisations in relation to assets held within the Common Good. Whilst Community
Asset Transfer legislation applies to Common Good property, such assets are subject
to additional legal considerations and governance requirements. The absence of
specific policy provisions dealing with Common Good assets presented an opportunity
to strengthen the Council's governance framework and provide greater certainty for
both officers and applicant organisations. 
1.6 The revised Policy therefore introduces a dedicated section addressing Community
Asset Transfer requests involving Common Good property together with a supporting
Operational Protocol setting out the practical procedures to be followed where such
applications are received. This work complements the Council's wider programme of
work relating to the governance and management of Common Good assets and has
been developed in close collaboration with Legal, Democratic and Strategy,
recognising that further work in this area will continue as the Council's broader
Common Good review progresses. 
1.7 The review has also provided an opportunity to modernise the Policy, improve
readability, update references to current legislation and guidance, clarify governance
arrangements, strengthen officer responsibilities and align supporting documentation
with current operational practice. The revised Policy is intended to provide a
comprehensive and sustainable framework that supports both community aspirations
and the Council's responsibility to safeguard public assets and ensure robust
governance for future Community Asset Transfer activity. 
2. Report 
2.1 The Community Ownership and Management of Council-Owned Assets Policy has
been subject to a comprehensive review to ensure that it continues to provide an
effective, transparent and legally robust framework for the consideration of requests
from community organisations seeking ownership, lease or management of Council-
owned assets. 
2.2 The review has been undertaken in recognition of the increasing importance of
community empowerment as a key component of public service delivery and place-
based regeneration. Community organisations continue to demonstrate a growing
interest in taking a greater role in the ownership and management of local assets,
particularly where such arrangements can contribute to improved service delivery,
enhanced community resilience, increased participation and the long-term
sustainability of valued local facilities. 
2.3 Whilst the existing Policy has provided an appropriate framework since its
introduction, operational experience has identified a number of areas where greater
clarity, consistency and strengthened governance would benefit both applicants and
the Council. In addition, changes in legislation, statutory guidance, organisational
structures and operational practice have made it appropriate to undertake a full review
rather than incremental amendment.
Page 86 of 206

Page 87

2.4 The review has therefore sought not only to update the existing Policy but to
modernise its structure, improve accessibility, strengthen governance arrangements
and ensure that the Policy reflects current legislation, best practice and the Council's
strategic priorities.  
2.5 The revised Policy continues to promote community empowerment whilst ensuring
that decisions relating to the management, lease or disposal of Council assets are
taken transparently, consistently and in accordance with the Council's statutory and
fiduciary responsibilities. 
Legislative and Strategic Context  
2.6 The revised Policy has been developed within the framework of the Community
Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 and reflects the statutory guidance issued by the
Scottish Ministers relating to Community Asset Transfer and Participation Requests. 
2.7 The Policy also supports the Council's wider strategic objectives contained within The
Plan for North Lanarkshire by encouraging greater community participation, supporting
sustainable community organisations and enabling communities to play an enhanced
role in the stewardship and delivery of local services where appropriate. 
2.8 The Policy has been prepared having regard to wider legislation and guidance affecting
property management, governance, local government finance, best value and the
Council's statutory responsibilities in relation to Common Good property. 
2.9 The intention is that a single corporate policy provides a consistent framework for all
community ownership and management requests whilst recognising that different
legislative requirements may apply depending upon the nature of the request, the
status of the applicant organisation and the asset concerned. 
Operational Review and Learning 
2.10 The review has been informed by practical experience gained through the
administration of Community Asset Transfer applications since implementation of the
Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015. 
2.11 Officers from Community Partnerships, Estates, Legal, Democratic and Strategy,
Asset and Procurement, Finance and other relevant services have considered the
operation of the existing arrangements and identified opportunities to improve
consistency, reduce duplication and provide greater clarity for applicants throughout
the assessment process. 
2.12 In particular the review has sought to: 
• improve the structure and readability of the Policy;
• provide clearer guidance on eligibility requirements;
• strengthen governance and decision-making arrangements;
• clarify the responsibilities of officers and applicant organisations;
• improve transparency around assessment criteria;
• better align operational processes with statutory timescales;
• improve record keeping and auditability; and
• introduce clearer supporting operational guidance. 
Page 87 of 206

Page 88

2.13 The revised Policy reflects these improvements whilst maintaining flexibility to consider
each application on its individual merits. 
Internal Audit Recommendations 
2.14 Internal Audit has undertaken reviews of elements of the Community Asset Transfer
process and identified a number of recommendations aimed at strengthening
governance, improving consistency and enhancing transparency. 
2.15 The review of the Policy has provided an opportunity to incorporate these
recommendations into a single corporate framework. Key improvements include: 
• clearer eligibility requirements for applicant organisations;
• more explicit assessment criteria;
• strengthened governance arrangements;
•  improved documentation of officer responsibilities;
• enhanced conflict of interest arrangements;
• improved audit trails and record management;
• clearer reporting and monitoring arrangements;
• strengthened annual reporting commitments; and
• greater clarity regarding decision-making and review processes. 
2.16 These changes are intended to support consistent application of the Policy whilst
providing greater assurance regarding compliance with statutory requirements and
good governance principles. 
Engagement Across Council Services 
2.17 The review has been undertaken collaboratively across a range of Council services
reflecting the corporate nature of Community Asset Transfer and community
ownership. 
2.18 Officers from Community Partnerships have led the review in consultation with Asset
and Procurement, Estates, Legal, Democratic and Strategy, Finance and other
relevant services. 
2.19 This collaborative approach has ensured that operational experience, legal
requirements, governance considerations and property management issues have all
informed the revised Policy. 
2.20 The review has also enabled officers to standardise terminology, remove duplication,
strengthen governance arrangements and ensure that the Policy reflects current
organisational structures and operational responsibilities. 
Introduction of Common Good Provisions 
2.21 One of the most significant developments arising from the review is the inclusion of
dedicated provisions relating to Community Asset Transfer applications affecting
Common Good property permitting Community Asset Transfer Requests to be made
over Common Good Property. 
2.22 Historically, the Council's Community Asset Transfer Policy has not contained specific
guidance addressing Common Good assets as they were outwith the scope of the
previous Policy. Whilst Community Asset Transfer legislation applies to Common
Page 88 of 206

Page 89

Good property, the Council also has additional legal obligations arising from the historic
nature of Common Good assets and the common law duties associated with their
management. 
2.23 Recent interest from community organisations in relation to Common Good property,
together with the Council's wider programme of work concerning Common Good
governance, has highlighted the importance of incorporating these requirements within
the Council's Community Asset Transfer framework. The revised Policy therefore
establishes a dedicated section setting out the principles governing Community Asset
Transfer applications involving Common Good property. The new section: 
• recognises the Council's statutory and fiduciary responsibilities;
• requires early identification of Common Good assets;
• establishes the requirement for appropriate legal review;
• identifies additional governance considerations;
• confirms that statutory consultation requirements will be observed where 
applicable;
• recognises the distinction between alienable and inalienable Common Good 
property where relevant; and
• ensures that Community Asset Transfer legislation is applied alongside the 
Council's wider legal obligations relating to Common Good property. 
2.24 The inclusion of these provisions represents a significant strengthening of the Council's
governance arrangements and provides greater flexibility for applicants to make
requests over Common Good Property. 
Common Good Assets Operational Protocol 
2.25 To complement the new policy provisions, officers have developed a dedicated
Common Good Assets Operational Protocol. Rather than incorporating detailed
operational procedures within the Policy itself, the Protocol provides officers with
practical guidance covering each stage of the assessment and decision-making
process. The Protocol establishes a structured process covering: 
• validation and initial screening;
• dentification of potential Common Good assets;
• legal determination of Common Good status;
• officer assessment;
• Leadership Group consideration;
• statutory consultation where required;
• consideration of representations;
• Committee determination;
• implementation of decisions;
• record keeping;
• monitoring and review; and
•  indicative process timescales. 
2.26 An indicative process timeline has also been prepared to assist officers in planning
Community Asset Transfer applications involving Common Good property whilst
recognising that statutory timescales, Committee cycles and legal requirements may
require flexibility. Separating operational procedures from the Policy allows future
amendments to administrative processes to be made without requiring formal
amendment of the overarching Policy, whilst ensuring that the Policy remains the
Council's principal governance document.
Page 89 of 206

Page 90

Governance Arrangements 
2.27 The review has strengthened governance arrangements throughout the Policy.
Greater clarity has been provided regarding the respective roles of officers,
assessment panels, the Community Asset Leadership Group, Chief Officers and
Committees. Assessment criteria have been further defined to promote consistency
and transparency, whilst governance arrangements have been strengthened through
improved reporting requirements, clearer conflict of interest arrangements and
enhanced record management provisions. 
2.28 The revised Policy also provides greater clarity regarding review and appeal
arrangements under the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 together with
annual reporting requirements to both the Council and the Scottish Government.
Overall, these changes strengthen corporate governance whilst ensuring that decision-
making remains proportionate, transparent and evidence-based. 
Outstanding Matters Prior to Publication 
2.29 Although the substantive review has been completed, a number of operational matters
remain subject to final confirmation for publication to support implementation of the
revised Policy. . At the time of submission of this report, the operational assessment
process is under review along with that of associated paperwork. The outcome of this
review is not expected to alter the overall policy direction or governance framework but
are intended to strengthen the operational procedures associated with the
implementation of this Policy and will result in a comprehensive suite of support
materials to accompany the final published policy. Following approval in principle by
Committee and completion of the procedure review and paperwork, officers will ensure
that key documents such as flowcharts, assessment documentation and operational
guidance are clearly published on the council’s website alongside the Policy.
Appropriate officer training and communication with community organisations will also
be undertaken to support implementation.
2.30 These outstanding matters are technical and operational in nature and are not
expected to alter the strategic direction, governance principles or policy intent
contained within the revised Policy. Accordingly, it is proposed that authority be
delegated to the relevant Chief Officers to approve any necessary technical, legal or
operational amendments prior to publication. 
Implementation Arrangements 
2.31 Subject to Committee approval, officers will publish the policy and complete the
outstanding amendments identified to support implementation of the revised Policy.
Implementation will include: 
• publication of the revised Policy and associated appendices;
• updating officer guidance;
• updating information published on the Council's website; and
• incorporation of the revised procedures into day-to-day operational practice. 
Future Development 
2.32 The review represents a significant milestone in strengthening the Council's
Community Asset Transfer framework; however, it is recognised that the Policy will
Page 90 of 206

Page 91

continue to evolve as legislation, operational experience and best practice develop.
Future work will include: 
• review of the Common Good Assets Operational Protocol;
• monitoring of Community Asset Transfer outcomes;
• review of assessment criteria and supporting documentation;
• updating process flowcharts where required;
• incorporating learning from future Community Asset Transfer applications;
• monitoring developments in legislation and case law;
• supporting the Council's wider programme of work relating to Common Good
• governance; and
• periodic review of the Policy through the Council's established governance
• arrangements. 
2.33 Annual reporting to Committee will provide an opportunity to monitor the effectiveness
of the Policy, identify emerging issues and ensure that the Council's arrangements
continue to reflect legislative requirements, operational experience and the aspirations
of North Lanarkshire's communities. 
Conclusion 
2.34 The Community Ownership and Management of Council-Owned Assets Policy has
been comprehensively reviewed to ensure that it continues to provide a clear,
transparent and robust framework for the consideration of Community Asset Transfer
requests, community leases, participation requests and other community ownership
and management arrangements. 
2.35 The review has been informed by operational experience, legislative developments,
statutory guidance, recommendations arising from Internal Audit and collaborative
engagement across a number of Council services. The revised Policy reflects current
best practice and strengthens the Council's governance framework whilst maintaining
its commitment to supporting community empowerment and enabling communities to
play an active role in the ownership and management of local assets. 
2.36 The revised Policy introduces a number of important enhancements, including
strengthened eligibility requirements, clearer assessment criteria, improved
governance arrangements, enhanced decision-making processes and more
comprehensive guidance for both officers and applicant organisations. These
improvements will support greater consistency, transparency and accountability in the
assessment of applications whilst ensuring that decisions continue to balance
community aspirations with the Council's statutory duties, financial responsibilities and
strategic priorities. 
2.37 A significant development within the revised Policy is the introduction of a dedicated
section addressing Community Asset Transfer applications involving Common Good
property. This provides, for the first time, a clear policy framework recognising the
additional legal and governance considerations associated with Common Good assets
and establishes the requirement for a structured operational process through the
accompanying Common Good Assets Operational Protocol. Together, these
documents strengthen the Council's governance arrangements and provide greater
certainty for officers, applicants and Elected Members when considering future
applications involving Common Good property. 
Page 91 of 206

Page 92

2.38 The review also recognises that Community Asset Transfer is an evolving area of
policy and practice. While the substantive review has been completed, Although the
substantive review has been completed, a number of operational matters remain
subject to final confirmation for publication to support implementation of the revised
Policy. . At the time of submission of this report, the operational assessment process
is under review along with that of associated paperwork. The outcome of this review is
not expected to alter the overall policy direction or governance framework but are
intended to strengthen the operational procedures associated with the implementation
of this Policy and will result in a comprehensive suite of support materials to
accompany the final published policy.  
2.39 Following approval in principle by Committee and completion of the procedure review 
and paperwork, officers will ensure that key documents such as flowcharts, 
assessment documentation and operational guidance are clearly published on the 
council’s website alongside the Policy. Appropriate officer training and communication 
with community organisations will also be undertaken to support implementation. 
2.40 Approval of the revised Policy will provide North Lanarkshire Council with a modern,
comprehensive and legally robust framework that supports community empowerment
whilst ensuring that Council assets, including Common Good property, continue to be
managed in accordance with the principles of good governance, transparency,
accountability and best value. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1  The effectiveness of the revised Community Ownership and Management of Council-
Owned Assets Policy will be monitored through existing corporate governance
arrangements and will be measured against a range of qualitative and quantitative
indicators, including: 
3.1.1 implementation of the revised Policy and supporting operational documentation
across all relevant Council services;
3.1.2 publication of the revised Common Good Assets Operational Protocol and
associated guidance;
3.1.3 completion of all outstanding appendices, assessment templates, process
flowcharts and supporting documentation;
3.1.4 improved consistency and transparency in the assessment and determination
of Community Asset Transfer applications;
3.1.5 compliance with statutory timescales and procedural requirements under the
Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015;
3.1.6 successful implementation of strengthened governance arrangements,
including enhanced record keeping, conflict of interest management and audit
trails;
3.1.7 reduction in procedural issues or recommendations arising from future Internal
Audit activity;
3.1.8 positive feedback from community organisations regarding the clarity,
accessibility and transparency of the Community Asset Transfer process;
3.1.9 successful integration of Common Good governance arrangements into the
Community Asset Transfer process;
3.1.10 continued compliance with relevant legislation, statutory guidance and
developing best practice; and
3.1.11 periodic review of the Policy and associated operational procedures to ensure
they remain fit for purpose and continue to support the Council's strategic
priorities.
Page 92 of 206

Page 93

4. Supporting documentation 
4.1 Appendix 1 – Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets 
Policy. 
Stephen Llewellyn
Depute Chief Executive 
5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
The revised Policy supports the Council's duties under the Equality Act 2010 and
the Fairer Scotland Duty by providing a transparent, consistent and equitable
framework for the assessment of Community Asset Transfer requests and other
community ownership and management proposals. The Policy promotes fair
access to Council-owned assets for eligible community organisations, strengthens
opportunities for community participation and seeks to reduce barriers to
community involvement through pre-application support, clear eligibility criteria and
a consistent assessment process. 
The Policy itself does not determine individual applications. Equality and Fairer
Scotland considerations will continue to be assessed as part of the evaluation of
individual Community Asset Transfer requests where appropriate. 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☒ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
The revised Policy does not create any new budgetary commitments. It provides
the governance framework through which requests for community ownership, lease
or management of Council assets will be considered. 
Individual Community Asset Transfer applications may have financial implications
relating to capital receipts, rental income, maintenance liabilities, ongoing revenue
costs or capital investment. These financial implications will continue to be
assessed on a case-by-case basis as part of the established assessment and
Page 93 of 206

Page 94

decision-making process and will be reported through the appropriate governance
arrangements. 
Implementation of the revised Policy will be met from existing service resources. 
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
The revised Policy strengthens the Council's legal and governance framework for
Community Asset Transfer by ensuring continued compliance with the Community
Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 and associated statutory guidance. 
The Policy also introduces dedicated provisions relating to Community Asset
Transfer applications involving Common Good property, recognising the Council's
statutory and common law responsibilities in relation to the management and
disposal of Common Good assets. A supporting Common Good Assets Operational
Protocol has been developed to ensure that applications involving Common Good
property are assessed consistently and in accordance with relevant legal
requirements. 
Individual asset transfer proposals will continue to require legal consideration and
advice appropriate to the circumstances of each application. 
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☒ No ☐  
The processing of personal data will continue to be undertaken in accordance with
the UK General Data Protection Regulation (UK GDPR), the Data Protection Act
2018 and the Council's Information Governance arrangements. 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
data subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐  
Page 94 of 206

Page 95

5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Implementation of the revised Policy will require updates to supporting
documentation, application forms, assessment templates, guidance documents and
information published on the Council's website. Existing digital processes and record
management arrangements will be updated to reflect the revised Policy and
associated operational guidance. 
The report does not require significant investment in new technology or digital
infrastructure. 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has
an assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
The revised Policy may contribute positively to environmental sustainability by
enabling community organisations to bring underutilised assets back into productive
use, supporting local place-based regeneration, sustainable asset management and
community-led environmental initiatives where appropriate. 
Environmental impacts associated with individual Community Asset Transfer
applications will continue to be considered as part of the assessment process where
relevant. 
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Subject to Committee approval, the revised Policy, supporting guidance and
operational documentation will require publication on the Council's website.
Communications activity will also be undertaken to inform officers, community
organisations and other stakeholders of the revised Policy, updated processes and
the introduction of the Common Good Assets Operational Protocol. 
Page 95 of 206

Page 96

5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
The revised Policy is intended to reduce corporate, legal and governance risks
associated with Community Asset Transfer by providing a clearer and more
consistent policy framework, strengthening assessment criteria, improving
governance arrangements and enhancing record keeping and decision-making
processes. 
The introduction of specific provisions relating to Common Good property further
mitigates legal and governance risks by ensuring that additional statutory and
common law obligations are identified and addressed at an early stage of the
assessment process. 
Risks associated with individual Community Asset Transfer applications will continue
to be assessed through the Council's established assessment process and managed
through service, project or corporate governance arrangements, as appropriate. 
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services. 
5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
The revised Policy provides a framework that may indirectly benefit children and
young people by supporting community organisations to secure and manage assets
used for youth provision, recreation, sport, learning, cultural activities and wider
community services. However, the Policy does not directly alter service provision for
children and young people. Any impacts will arise from individual Community Asset
Transfer proposals and will be considered as part of the assessment process where
relevant. 
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
Page 96 of 206

Page 97

Community Ownership and Management of
Council Owned Assets Policy 
Page 97 of 206

Page 98

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
2
Document control
Title Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy
Owner Stephen Llewellyn Contact LlewellynS@northlan.gov.uk 
Governance Group Policy and Strategy Committee
Author Leanne Pollock Contact PollockLe@northlan.gov.uk 
Revision History
Number Originator Date Review Commenced Revision description/record of change
1  April 2026 Addition of Common good guidance and
some wording changes to better reflect and
clarify Council process 
Document Approvals
Number Governance
Group
Date approval granted Date approval to be requested 
(if document still draft)
1 Policy and
Strategy
Committee 
6th June 2024 
2 Policy and
Strategy
Committee 
17 September 2026     
Consultation Record (for most recent update)
Status of document consulted upon 
Stakeholders consulted/date 
Strategic Alignment
Improve engagement with communities and develop their capacity to help themselves. 
Next review date
Review Date Two years from approval or sooner where legislative or operational changes require.
Page 98 of 206

Page 99

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
3
Policy statement  
North Lanarkshire Council (herein referred to as the Council) recognises the value and contribution
that the Community and Voluntary Sector (CVS) make in supporting the ambitions set out in The Plan
for North Lanarkshire. The Council is committed to working in partnership with the CVS to provide
key services to local communities and to continue to create thriving places where everyone can play
a full and active part in promoting healthy lifestyles and building strong communities. 
Buildings, spaces, and assets are important in providing a solid base from which the sector can
deliver their activities. There is commitment to providing opportunities to support responsible
community ownership and management approaches in a way that meets the needs of communities
and different types of community organisations while minimising and managing any risk to both
individual organisations and the Council.  
The role of key stakeholders is instrumental in ensuring the successful implementation of this policy. 
CVS organisations with a desire to take on ownership or management of a Council owned asset
should familiarise themselves with this policy and associated process and work with council officers
to understand what they need to do to be in a position to take forward their aspirations. When
submitting a request, the organisation has a responsibility to ensure that their proposal meets the
eligibility criteria to be considered and includes all relevant information as well as evidence of
community engagement.  The Council is committed to providing appropriate support, guidance and
advice around Community Ownership and Management of Assets. However individual organisations
have a responsibility to ensure they understand the legislative requirements, the Council's policy and
process and that they have clear understanding of the ownership or management of the asset. 
Elected Members should ensure they have a clear understanding of the Council's policy and process
and know where to signpost local organisations for further information, support and guidance.
Elected members have a role in the decision-making process through the committee structure and
may be called upon to be involved in internal political review of committee decisions reflecting the
requirements of the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015. Therefore, it is important that
members remain impartial to ensure that decision making is based on clear, fair and consistent
application of this policy and associated process. The role of Elected Members is to promote
adherence to this policy and associated processes, signpost community organisations to available
and accurate online information online, to the Councils internal process and to refer organisations to
appropriate officers for further advice and guidance as required.  
Council Officers from key services have a role in working together to ensure the effective
implementation of this policy. They should consistently apply this policy and associated approaches.
They should aim to work positively with local community organisations and other Council services to
achieve the best possible outcome in any given situation for both the Council and the community
organisation. Officers have a role in providing guidance, advice and signposting related to the policy
and process relevant to their area of business. Officers will be involved in assessment of requests,
presenting the outcome of assessments to senior leadership and making recommendations to
committee as well as supporting the appeals process linked to the Community Empowerment
(Scotland) Act 2015. 
Chief Officers have a role in considering the outcome of any assessment of applications, agreeing the
route to decision, and making recommendations to committee as required. Chief Officers have a role
in working with officers to consider more challenging or complex requests, identifying leadership
action required with a view to finding a mutually beneficial solution.  Through the Community Asset
Page 99 of 206

Page 100

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
4
Leadership Group, Chief Officers also have oversight for ongoing monitoring of the Community
Ownership and Management of Assets policy and approach and leadership engagement in any
required changes or improvements linked to legislation, feedback or strategic alignment.
1. Policy objectives   
The Community Ownership and Management of Assets Policy aims to 
• Ensure maximum community benefit is derived from Council-owned assets 
• Strengthen participation and engagement in community and recreational
activities and help communities to understand the options available to them for use,
ownership and management of Council owned assets 
• Safeguard Council owned assets where it can be demonstrated that the
business case and community benefit associated with retention is greater than any
proposed alternative  
• Ensure requests for ownership, lease or management of Council-owned
assets, including any discounted rates or prices, are managed consistently and fairly
through a transparent assessment process.    
2. Guiding Principles 
The following set of principles will govern the Council’s response when considering requests
for community ownership or management of Council owned assets: 
• The belief that community organisations can play a key role in supporting
and sustaining local communities. 
• The Council is bound by legislation to obtain best consideration for its assets
but can dispose of them at less than market value when certain considerations apply,
e.g. demonstrable community benefit. Such consideration will form part of the
assessment process. 
• Recognising property assets as a resource to be used in the delivery of
services and to support the delivery of the Plan for North Lanarkshire, including
where a transfer would assist the Council in the effective management of its revenue
budget. 
• Commitment to positive, supportive engagement and a collaborative
relationship with community groups in the management of assets. 
• Valuing the community benefit derived from the activities undertaken by
community organisations and taking this fully into account in setting fair
management, lease or transfer terms. 
• Encouraging groups to work together and share efforts and resources for
effective use of an asset for the benefits of the wider community. 
• Ensuring consistent application of the processes associated with the terms
and conditions of any lease agreements and property transactions with CVS
organisations. 
• Ensuring the adoption of a flexible approach when responding to changing
community circumstances, the diversity of the CVS and ensuring a focus on the
aspiration and outcomes of a specific community and /or organisations. 
Page 100 of 206

Page 101

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
5
3. Scope of the policy  
Community Ownership and Management of Assets refer to the processes, policies and associated
procedures the Council may use to consider the transfer of an asset to a community body
through ownership, lease, full or partial management. This may reflect, for example,
opportunities arising from: 
• Community Asset Transfer Requests (CAT) guidance and associated
procedures linked to part 5 of the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 
• Participation Request guidance associated with the Community
Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 
• Asset Management in support of the Plan for North Lanarkshire and
associated Programme of Work, or other Council policies and plans 
• Dialogue with communities to progress community led priorities identified
through local engagement activity, Community Boards, and their Local Outcome
Improvement Plans.    
In scope:  
Requests from community-based organisations who meet the necessary criteria where their aims
are charitable, not for profit and for the benefit of the wider community including:  
• New management agreements for an existing Council facility or land 
• Leases (including maintenance of the property/land in accordance with lease
terms and conditions) 
• Full transfer of ownership 
• Participation Requests that may impact on property related decision or
business. 
• Requests for community organisations to use and/or take on maintenance of
a Council asset or part of it. 
Not in scope for application of this policy are: 
• NLP mortgaged properties  
• Requests from community groups or organisations who cannot demonstrate
through their submission that they meet eligibility criteria or who submit an
application that is deemed ‘incompetent’ in meeting the standard required for
assessment Sites that the Council has a legally committed or Committee approved
business decision to demolish or otherwise dispose of or develop 
• Certain types of businesses or Community Interest Companies (CIC) 
• Any other agreements for the purposes of commercial gain  
• Unincorporated organisations where their structure does not allow them to
enter into contracts or legal agreements. 
4. Application of the policy  
This policy applies to all Council services and officers receiving requests or expressions of
interest from communities related to community ownership or management of Council
owned assets. The policy can also be used to guide proactive approaches to engaging with
Page 101 of 206

Page 102

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
6
communities around opportunities for community ownership and management where the
Council plans to disinvest, or has disinvested, in certain assets.    
This policy applies to voluntary groups, registered charities, clubs, uniformed community
groups and other community-based organisations where their structure and governance
allow for ownership, lease or management of an asset. For certain community organisations
the Community Asset Transfer legislation does not apply. In these cases, the Council can make
an assessment regarding a reduced lease cost, where it is deemed to be in the interests of all
parties to do so. This would be entirely at the discretion of the Council and organisations in
this situation would not have any right of appeal or review under the terms of the Community
Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015. In this case additional safeguards may be applied to
minimise risk and protect the interests of the Council.
This policy does not apply to commercial leases including professional sports clubs (i.e. those
clubs who pay athletes to play as their primary occupation). Where there are exceptional
circumstances which require a variation from the policy, consent will require to be obtained
from the Community Asset Leadership Group and in some cases through the Council
committee structure.  
This policy meets the requirements of the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015
relating to Community Assets Transfers and Participation Requests and aims to use these
processes to achieve outcomes agreed with community groups and organisations based on
their aspirations and the Council’s priorities. The policy covers one clear approach to: 
• Full transfer of ownership to a community organisation 
• Community and Voluntary sector leases that meet the requirements of the
Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015
• Other outcomes for community use, management or ownership of Council
assets agreed through the Participation Request process.  
The Council has the discretion to engage with groups to reach a mutually agreeable solution, and
each case will be considered on its own merits using a standard set of criteria. This means that a
consistent and fair approach will be applied to all requests and the outcome must balance and
reflect the needs of the wider community, the aspirations of the applicant organisation and the
interests of the Council.  
5. Approach to Community Ownership and Management of Assets –
overview 
The Council fully supports the underpinning principles of community empowerment and will
support communities to meet their aspirations through application of a clear policy and process.  
The Council has created a single application and assessment process for all requests from
Community and Voluntary Sector organisations. 
There may be times when, to protect the interests of the wider community, assets may need to
remain in Council ownership to support the delivery of essential services or support economic
activity in the area. Where this is the case efforts will be made to work with community
organisations to identify alternative solutions and outcomes. Each case will be fully considered on
Page 102 of 206

Page 103

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
7
its merits reflecting the guidance associated with parts 3 and 5 of the Community Empowerment
(Scotland) Act 2015.  
The flowchart at Appendix 1 summarises the approach outlined by the legislative guidance and
an overview is provided as follows. 
Expressions of interest  
The Council has identified officers for community ownership and management enquiries to
provide guidance to community groups, and to help them to assess their eligibility and capacity to
take on an asset in a way that is suited to their needs. In the first instance community groups are
asked to:  
• Familiarise themselves with the Council’s community ownership and
management process and eligibility criteria through the Council’s information page
here  
• Make initial contact by emailing expressions of interest or enquiries to
NLCCommunityOwnership@northlan.gov.uk 
Following initial engagement, organisations will be supported to understand the process and
what is required of them. This discussion will involve checking with the organisation that they
meet the criteria to apply to take on ownership or management of an asset and are able to enter
into an agreement with the Council under the Community Ownership and Management of Assets
process. 
An organisational 'Health check' will be offered to organisations to help them to strengthen their
governance and identify any development needs to ensure they are in the best position to
participate in the process.
Prior to submitting an official request, eligible organisations will be encouraged to identify that
they can evidence that the purposes for which they intend to use the asset they are requesting is
for community benefit. 
Where it is evident that the group does not meet eligibility criteria, Council officers can work with
the organisation to identify any development needs and offer a range of capacity building
support, advice and guidance including where appropriate, signposting for additional support or
information to assist them to meet their aspirations in the future. 
All organisations are offered the same level and type of support and are encouraged to work with
officers throughout the process. However, this is optional and the level of support provided is
determined by the organisations based on their own needs, capacity and the scale of their
proposal for taking on an asset. 
Submitting a request  
In the interest of fairness and clarity, for all community ownership or management of assets
requests, the Council will apply assessment criteria and timescales (where possible) that reflect
the requirements of the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015.  
For organisations that do not meet the Scottish Government criteria as an eligible body under the
Community Empowerment Act but can still demonstrate community benefit the Council can at its
discretion, work with the organisation to identify and provide support to progress alternative
options. However, in this case the outcome of any decision by the Council is final and unless
Page 103 of 206

Page 104

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
8
designated by Scottish Ministers the Council is under no obligation to review or honour any
requests to appeal the decision.  
All community ownership or management requests must be submitted using the Council’s
application form provided after initial expression of interest and discussion with officers
regarding readiness to apply. The application and assessment questions are based on the
guidance and model documents provided by the Scottish Government as part of the Community
Asset Transfer Guidance 
6. Types of community groups and eligibility criteria  
The Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 gives eligible community bodies a
statutory right to make requests to take ownership      of, lease, or obtain other rights in
land and buildings owned by the Council.
To make an asset transfer request under Part 5 of the Act, an organisation must qualify as
a Community Transfer Body (CTB).
A CTB may be a community-controlled body which meets the requirements of the Act, or a
body which has been designated as a Community Transfer Body by the Scottish Ministers.
All community-controlled bodies must have a written constitution or governing document
which:
• defines the community to which the body relates;
• provides that membership is open to any member of that community;
• provides that the majority of the body’s members are members of that community;
• provides that members from that community have control of the body;
• includes among the body’s purposes the promotion of a benefit for that community; and
• provides that any surplus funds or assets are applied for the benefit of that community. 
These are the universal requirements for a community-controlled body seeking to exercise
rights under Part 5 of the Act.
Community Transfer Bodies Seeking Ownership
Additional requirements apply where a community-controlled body wishes to make an
asset transfer request for full  ownership of an asset. The body must be incorporated in
one of the following forms:
1. Company Limited by Guarantee meeting the relevant requirements of the Act;
2. Scottish Charitable Incorporated Organisation (SCIO) with the required membership
and governance arrangements;
3. Community Benefit Society (BenCom) meeting the relevant requirements of the Act; or
4. a body designated by the Scottish Ministers, where the terms of the designation permit
it to make an asset transfer request for ownership. 
For the three specified incorporated community-controlled body routes, additional statutory
requirements apply, including provision that the body must have at least 20 members and
appropriate provisions setting out how the body’s remaining assets will be transferred or
applied if the organisation is wound up or dissolved.
Page 104 of 206

Page 105

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
9
A community-controlled body does not have to be incorporated to make an asset transfer
request for a lease or other rights. The Council will consider the legal structure appropriate
to the rights being requested in accordance with the legislation and statutory guidance.
The Council will check the eligibility of the applicant body and its governing document as
part of the asset transfer validation stage. 
Requirement Lease / Other
Rights
Ownership
Transfer
Community Transfer Body status ✓ ✓
Written constitution / governing document ✓ ✓
Defined community ✓ ✓
Open membership within the defined community ✓ ✓
Majority of members from the defined
community ✓ ✓
Community control of the organisation ✓ ✓
Purpose includes community benefit ✓ ✓
Surplus funds and assets applied for community
benefit ✓ ✓
Incorporated legal form required – ✓*
Minimum 20 members required – ✓*
Winding-up provisions for asset transfer recommended ✓* 
*These additional requirements apply to community-controlled bodies seeking ownership
under the relevant provisions of the Act. Different requirements may apply to a body designated
as a Community Transfer Body by the Scottish Ministers, depending on the terms of its
designation.
7. Types of requests and requirements   
An eligible Community Transfer Body can make an asset transfer request for ownership, lease or
other rights in relation to Council-owned land or buildings.
The type of request should reflect the needs and objectives of the Community Transfer Body, its
proposed use of the asset and the responsibilities it is able to undertake.
Leases  
A Community Transfer Body may request to lease Council-owned land or buildings.
The Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 does not require a CTB to be incorporated to make
an asset transfer request for a lease. The Council may, however, consider the legal structure
appropriate to the proposed arrangement, having regard to the nature and duration of the lease, the
proposed activities and the scale of the responsibilities being undertaken.
Page 105 of 206

Page 106

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
10
The terms of any lease, including its duration, rent, repairing and maintenance responsibilities,
insurance obligations and other conditions, will be determined through the asset transfer process and
reflected in the formal legal agreement.
Where a CTB seeks a lease at less than market rent, the request should clearly identify the rent or
consideration it proposes to pay and demonstrate the community benefits it considers will arise from
the proposal.
The Council can agree to lease assets (normally land or buildings) at a reduced lease value to
voluntary groups, clubs and other community-based organisations. This approach reflects the
principles of The Plan for North Lanarkshire and the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act
2015 but also enables the Council to agree arrangements with groups who do not fully meet the
legislative criteria for full community asset transfer where it is mutually beneficial to the Council
and the wider community. The merits of an application for a discounted lease will be assessed
using the same criteria as for requests for full ownership (See above). In addition, the following
points apply to community and discounted leases: 
1. The rental charged will be assessed via the information submitted as part of the
application process.  
2. Leases will be developed based on the tenant assuming full repairing and insuring
obligations. This means that the group will be responsible for all maintenance and
repairs. The Council will have no obligation to organise repairs or maintenance or
contribute to the cost of same. The Council will not carry out improvements to any land
or buildings prior to the lease commencing. 
3. At either the point of rent review or lease renewal there will be a re-assessment to
determine the appropriate rent and any discount offered. The Council will require
appropriate rent review provisions in the lease.  
4. Standard values will be reviewed in line with inflation at policy review points. 
5. The maximum duration for the granting of a lease is 25 years but it would be more
typical to have a shorter period lease in line with the initial proposal. The Council will
require break options at appropriate points throughout the lease to permit the Council
to end the lease if required as they may determine in their sole discretion. Leases over
10 years will be subject to approval from the Finance and Resources Committee. 
6. Discount will not be awarded at 100% 
7. Where there is an external cost to the Council for joint valuation fees,  such costs will
be  split equally between the Group and the Council. The Community Group will be
responsible for the full cost of any valuations they instruct. .  The community group will
be responsible for obtaining their own independent legal advice in connection with any
lease and payment of any Land and Buildings Transaction Tax and any registration
dues. The community group will also be responsible for the cost of all searches
including legal reports, property enquiry certificates and coal reports. 
8. Existing tenants under the policy applying for an assignation to another community
body (or require assigning due to restructuring, for example to a SCIO) or for a licence
for works will be responsible for obtaining and paying for their own independent legal
advice in connection with any assignation and payment of any Land and Buildings
Page 106 of 206

Page 107

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
11
Transaction Tax and any registration dues. The Community Group will be responsible
for the Council’s administration and legal fee for any assignation requests. 
Ownership
A Community Transfer Body may request the transfer of ownership of Council-owned land or buildings.
A community-controlled body seeking ownership must meet the additional statutory eligibility
requirements set out in Section 5 of this policy, including the requirements relating to its legal form,
membership and the destination of assets on winding up.
The request must identify the price the CTB is prepared to pay and set out the benefits it considers will
arise from the proposed transfer and use of the asset.
Where ownership is requested at less than market value, the CTB should provide sufficient information
to demonstrate the community benefits associated with its proposal. The Council will consider the
proposed benefits alongside the financial implications and other relevant factors when determining
the request.
Other Rights and Options
Part 5 of the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 also enables an eligible Community
Transfer Body to request other rights in respect of Council-owned land or buildings.
This provides flexibility where ownership or a conventional lease may not be necessary or appropriate
for the activities proposed. The nature and extent of the rights sought must be clearly specified within
the asset transfer request.
The appropriate legal arrangement and associated responsibilities will depend on the nature of the
rights requested and the proposed use of the asset.
The Council may also, where appropriate, consider other arrangements with community organisations
outside the statutory asset transfer process. Any such arrangement is separate from the statutory
rights and procedures established by Part 5 of the Act and will be considered under the Council’s
relevant powers, policies and governance arrangements.
Competing Asset Transfer Requests and Alternative Proposals
Where more than one asset transfer request relates to the same asset, or where the Council is
considering an alternative proposal for the asset, each statutory request will be considered fairly and
on its own merits in accordance with the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015.
The existence of a competing request or alternative proposal will not determine the outcome of an
asset transfer request. The Council will consider the respective benefits associated with the proposals
and any other relevant matters as part of the statutory decision-making process.
Where competing statutory requests are received, the Council will manage the process in a manner
which supports procedural fairness, appropriate transparency and the statutory rights available to
each community transfer body. Decisions and reasons will be clearly recorded and communicated
through the applicable statutory procedures. 
Information Required to Support an Asset Transfer Request
Page 107 of 206

Page 108

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
12
For all requests to take on ownership, lease or management of a Council owned asset organisations
must fully complete the Community Asset Transfer application form and demonstrate their eligibility. 
All asset transfer requests must contain the information required by the Community Empowerment
(Scotland) Act 2015 and associated Regulations.
Applicants must clearly identify:
• the Community Transfer Body making the request and provide a copy of its constitution or
governing document;
• the land or asset to which the request relates;
• whether the request is for ownership, lease or other rights and the nature and extent of the
rights sought;
• the price, rent or other consideration the CTB is prepared to pay;
• the reasons for making the request;
• how the CTB proposes to use the asset;
• the benefits the CTB considers will arise if the request is agreed;
• how the proposed use of the asset will be funded; and
• the level and nature of community support for the request. For example, community
engagement activity and feedback.
To enable the Council to fully assess the proposal, applicants may also be required to provide
supporting information proportionate to the nature and scale of the request. This may include:
• a business plan (for full ownership requests or long leases) or community proposal (for short-
term leases or for other rights and options).
• financial projections and evidence of financial sustainability;
• project and implementation plans;
• information on proposed capital works and associated costs;
• relevant feasibility studies, condition surveys or professional reports;
• evidence of community engagement and support;
• information demonstrating the anticipated community benefits of the proposal;
• information on identified risks and how these will be managed; and
• any independent valuation information obtained by the applicant. Which must be from a
suitably qualified and experienced member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors
who is also a Registered Valuer. Any valuation will be subject to agreement with the Council in
line with Scottish Government guidance on Community Asset Transfer.
• Where a discount is being requested, organisations should be able to demonstrate the
expected community benefit of their proposal and how this has been measured 
Page 108 of 206

Page 109

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
13
• Evidence that risk has been considered along with a plan showing actions to mitigate against
and manage risk 
In all cases involving transfer of ownership/occupation including leases, appropriate legal mechanisms
will be put in place to protect the Council’s interest and responsibilities in terms of the Best Value duty
and recovering any discount and investment should the project or Community Group fail. This may
include pre-emption rights, restrictions on use, clawback/coverage supported by the grant of first
ranking standard security to safeguard any discounts applied to market values, or restrictions on
changing the use of an asset from the purpose for which transfer was originally intended. These
safeguards will normally be applied for a period of 25 years and any variance from this would be at
the Councils discretion where it is deemed in the interest of all parties to do so.   
Other Considerations 
Asset Focused Participation Requests  
Part 3 of the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act empowers community organisations to
submit a Participation Request to formally request involvement in decisions and processes aimed
at improving local public services. It establishes a structured legislative route for communities to
initiate dialogue and collaborate directly with public service authorities. Participation Requests
are much broader than taking on an asset and can cover several ways that community groups
want to become more involved in decision making and delivery of Council services. Participation
requests can be a useful tool in helping groups to identify their aspirations and the outcome they
want to achieve but can often cross over with requests for community use of assets where the
Participation Request is dependent on use of a Council owned building or land. Participation
requests can assist the Council to work with groups who do not clearly fit the criteria for
ownership or who do not want to officially take on an asset at this time but may want to become
more involved in supporting the Councils’ ambitions through, for example:  
• Maintenance of an asset or greenspace  
• Using a piece of Council-owned land to deliver community activities (events,
celebrations, fitness and environmental activities) 
•    Exclusive let of some or all an asset at certain times  
• Sharing use of an asset with the Council. 
A group can contact the Council through the wider community ownership and management
process to start to discuss if a Participation Request is a suitable option. More information on
the process can be accessed here.  
Where an asset is or may be Common Good property, the provisions of section 8 apply in
addition to all the above.  
8. Common Good Assets 
Common Good Assets are land and property historically held by the Council for the benefit to
the local community. This section set out the Council’s approach to identifying, managing and
making decisions in relation to Community Asset Transfer requests affecting Common Good
Page 109 of 206

Page 110

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
14
Assets. Where an asset is identified as Common Good or potentially Common Good, the
Common Good Assets Operational Protocol at Appendix 2 shall be applied in parallel with the
Community Asset Transfer process. 
The Council has statutory duties in relation to Common Good property, including the
requirement to: 
• maintain an up-to-date Common Good Register; 
• have regard to the interests of the community when exercising management powers;
and 
• ensure that disposal or transfer decisions are lawful, proportionate, and transparent.
Common Good Assets are subject to distinct legal tests and statutory restriction which may
affect eligibility for transfer under the Community Asset Transfer legislation. While CVS
Organisations can make applications in respect of Common Good Assets, the legal restrictions
on common good property may result in the Council being prohibited in disposing or leasing
the subjects of the application to the organisation.  Community Groups should be aware that
requests made in respect of Common Good Property may be refused or subject to further
procedure including a court application which could be ultimately unsuccessful. Applications
over common good land may be 
Upon receipt of any Community Asset Transfer request, the Council will:
• check the Common Good Register and historic title records; 
• determine whether the asset is recorded or potentially implied as Common Good;
and 
• where uncertainty exists, undertake legal review and, where appropriate, seek
external legal advice.
Where an asset is identified as Common Good or potentially Common Good, the request will
be progressed in accordance with this section.
In determining any proposal relating to a Common Good Asset, the Council will have regard
to:
• the interests of inhabitants of the former burgh or community to which the Common
Good relates; 
• the existing and historic use of the asset; 
• the potential community benefit arising from the proposed transfer; 
• financial and operational implications for the Council; and 
• whether the proposed use is compatible with Common Good purposes.
Where an asset is confirmed as Common Good:
• disposal or transfer may require additional governance and court approval which may
or may not be successful; 
• the Council may be required to undertake consultation with affected community
bodies; 
• restrictions may apply depending on whether the asset is alienable or inalienable
Common Good property; and 
• legal safeguards must be satisfied prior to any final decision.
Where a Community Asset Transfer request involves a Common Good Asset:
Page 110 of 206

Page 111

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
15
• the CAT process continues to apply; however, 
• this section takes precedence where there is any conflict or additional requirement;
and 
• no final approval will be granted until Common Good considerations are fully
addressed.
The Council will:
• maintain clear records of Common Good determinations; 
• publish relevant decisions in accordance with transparency obligations; and 
• ensure decisions are auditable and legally robust.
The operational handling of Community Asset Transfer requests involving Common Good
Assets will be undertaken in accordance with the Council’s Common Good Assets Operational
Protocol (Appendix 2).
The Protocol sets out the detailed administrative and legal process for:
• identification and verification of Common Good status; 
• legal determination and escalation; 
• consultation requirements where applicable; and 
• recording and governance arrangements
In the event of any inconsistency between this section and the Operational Protocol, this
Policy shall take precedence.
9. Application Assessment, and Decision making 
The Council recognises that asset transfer requests made under Part 5 of the Community
Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 are subject to the statutory decision-making framework
established by the Act. Each request will be considered on its individual merits and in
accordance with the statutory criteria.
In reaching its decision, the Council will consider the reasons for the request, the benefits
which may arise if the request is agreed, any benefits which may arise from an alternative
proposal, and any other matters considered relevant. The Council will aim to agree to an asset
transfer request unless there are reasonable grounds for refusing it.
The assessment process is intended to support a transparent, proportionate and evidence-
based consideration of an application. Assessment tools, scoring frameworks or officer
recommendations will inform, but will not replace, the statutory decision-making test.
The Council will adopt a proportionate approach to the assessment of asset transfer requests,
taking account of the nature and scale of the asset, the rights being sought, the complexity
and risk associated with the proposal and the capacity required to deliver it successfully.
The level of evidence and due diligence considered appropriate may therefore vary between
requests. The Council will seek sufficient evidence to enable an informed and robust decision
while avoiding unnecessary or disproportionate requirements.
Any assessment or scoring methodology used by the Council will operate as a decision-
support tool and will not introduce additional statutory eligibility requirements or replace the
Council’s obligation to determine each request in accordance with Part 5 of the Community
Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015.
Page 111 of 206

Page 112

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
16
The assessment of a request and any subsequent decision to proceed will consider the
condition, usage, value of the asset, the availability of other suitable premises from which the
proposed activity could take place and community benefit offered by the proposal. The
assessment will be made based on the following criteria:  
• Details of the asset and type of request  
• Organisational capacity  
• Links to The Plan for North Lanarkshire  
• Community benefit and impact  
• Community support 
• Financial sustainability  
• Risk and social impact.
The Council recognises that the transfer of an asset may involve significant long-term financial,
legal, operational and property-management responsibilities for a community transfer body.
As part of the assessment and transfer process, the Council will seek to make available relevant
information it holds concerning the asset, subject to legal, commercial, data protection and other
applicable restrictions. Community transfer bodies will be encouraged to undertake their own
independent due diligence and obtain appropriate professional advice before entering into any
binding agreement.
The Council’s assessment may consider the community transfer body’s understanding of the
responsibilities associated with the proposed transfer and its plans for the sustainable
management and stewardship of the asset. This will be considered proportionately and in the
context of the proposal and rights requested.
Agreement to an asset transfer request does not remove the responsibility of the community
transfer body to satisfy itself as to the suitability, condition and implications of acquiring, leasing,
managing, occupying or using the asset.
The community organisation can indicate the price that they are willing to pay for the asset, and
the Council must consider the feasibility of agreeing a cost that reflects community benefit of the
proposal and any potential impact on Council operational requirements. Market value will be
taken into consideration alongside community benefit. This will inform the assessment and
decision-making process, including securing the best price as can reasonably be obtained to
support Council priorities.   
The Council will provide to the applicant basic information held related to the asset. The Council
will consider requests for information on the asset submitted in writing, where this information is
readily available and deemed to be useful to the progression of the group’s application for
ownership, management or lease if the asset. Community organisations are required to seek (and
fund) independent legal and technical advice relating to property condition and value. 
Resources and support 
The Council encourages community bodies to engage at an early stage and may provide or
facilitate advice, information and capacity-building support to assist organisations in developing
their proposals.
Page 112 of 206

Page 113

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
17
Such engagement is intended to support informed and sustainable proposals and does not
constitute approval in principle or predetermine the outcome of any subsequent statutory asset
transfer request.
Similarly, evidence that a proposal contributes to local priorities, community planning outcomes
or wider Council strategies will be relevant to the assessment of potential benefits but does not
guarantee that an asset transfer request will be agreed.
Formal decisions on statutory asset transfer requests will be taken through the appropriate
governance arrangements and in accordance with the requirements of the Community
Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015.
The Council is committed to providing support to community-based organisations aiming to
improve services, deliver and create opportunities to meet community need.  The Council aims to
work with organisations with aspirations around community ownership and management of
Council owned assets in a range of ways. For example, providing or helping groups to access  
• Organisational development and capacity building support 
• Organisational Health Checks and improvement planning 
• Advice and guidance to navigate the Councils processes and procedures 
• Support to plan and undertake community engagement activity 
• Referrals to external agencies for specialist advice, guidance and support 
• Funding advice and support 
• Accessing capital resources (where budget allows) 
Organisations applying to take on an asset will be expected to provide assurances around how
they plan to resource the management and operation of the asset and any required upgrades. All
organisations will be expected to submit clear financial projections and plans for 
• Any upgrades required to the land or building to make it safe and operational 
• Any capital works required to upgrade the asset to meet aspirations outlined in the proposal
submitted longer term. This may be a phased approach where appropriate
• An understanding of the operating costs of the building and how this will be resourced
• An understanding of asset maintenance and how this will be resourced ongoing as well as
provisions for unexpected or emergency repairs 
Proportionate to the scale and type of request officers can advise on the types of assurances and
resource plans expected. 
In some cases, and subject to availability of budget the Council may make available dedicated
resources to enhance support to organisations. Availability of these resources should not be
assumed unless agreed at any given time. Where resources are available, officers will make
information available and discuss eligibility and process with organisations directly.
Any approval for funding and the detail of the proposed expenditure will be subject to approval
by the Council and other relevant terms and conditions will require to be adhered to.      
The Council may review and update its supporting procedures, guidance, assessment tools and
operational arrangements where this supports improved transparency, consistency,
proportionality and compliance, provided that such arrangements remain consistent with the
statutory rights of community transfer bodies.
Page 113 of 206

Page 114

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
18
Governance arrangements and decision making   
The Community Assets Working Group is responsible for overseeing the implementation and
review of the policy and the process for any requests received. This group is made up of senior
officers from across the Council with a range of knowledge, experience and an understanding of
working with communities, management and transfer of community assets.  
On receipt of an application for ownership or management of a Council asset a group of officers
will be appointed to assess the application against the criteria set out in this policy and The
Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015. The group will consider policy, legal and financial
risk to the Council. They will assess the request and present findings based on the assessment
criteria to the Community Asset Leadership Group. Both the Leadership Group and Working
Group will be notified via email when a new Community Asset Transfer request is received. Both
Groups are updated on interest in assets, progress with support to community organisations and
any corporate considerations through quarterly business meetings. 
The Community Asset Leadership Group is made up of:  
• Chief Officer, Asset and Procurement   
• Chief Officer, Housing and Communities 
• Chief Officer, Financial and Technology 
• Chief Officer, Legal, Democratic and Strategy 
• Chief Officer, Community Operations 
• Relevant Chief Officer for the controlling service for the asset being assessed (if not
included already) 
If the Leadership Group are minded supporting applications for leases and other arrangements
this will be subject to further governance approvals including delegated authority. In most cases
and or full transfer of an asset or leases of 10 years or more, the Leadership Group will make
recommendations regarding the request to the Communities Committee for approval and
thereafter the Finance and Resource Committee. The applicant organisation is then informed of
the decision within the timescales agreed earlier in the process. 
The Council may call upon specialist advisors to provide advice and inform the decision-making
process.  
In line with the requirements of the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 the Council
will aim to ensure decisions are taken and communicated within a maximum of six months from
of an application. Should an extension be required (for example to reflect committee cycles or
operational delays) this can be agreed in writing between the Council and applicant.  Dates for
committee consideration will be agreed in line with committee deadlines and procedures. And
managing the operational steps required to meet the Councils' internal process and statutory
obligations and timescales for considering a CAT request. For example, 
• Publication of CAT requests  
• Statutory consultation period
Page 114 of 206

Page 115

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
19
• Communication of any issues raised from statutory consultation and time for organisations to
respond 
• Scheduling of senior and chief officer time to assess and make recommendations 
• Preparation of committee reports to meet committee deadlines 
Therefore, an application will not automatically be heard at the committee scheduled immediately
after submission but will be considered within the legislative timescales unless otherwise agreed by
all parties 
All officers and Elected Members involved in the decision making or assessment process are
responsible for complying with the Councils conflict-of-interest declaration process. 
10. Successful outcome  
The outcome of any competent request will be communicated within six months of validation of a
request for community ownership or management of an asset. Where a decision is in favour of
the application, discussion will commence to negotiate the terms of agreement including the
heads of terms for any sale or lease transaction. The group must then make the Council an offer
and the expectation outlined in the statutory guidance is that a contract would be agreed within
six months of the offer being received. It is acknowledged that this timescale may not always be
achievable due to matters out with the control of both parties and therefore alternative
arrangements may be put in place by mutual agreement. Equally, where it is mutually beneficial
to do so, matters can be concluded within a shorter timeframe. Where the legislation around CAT
is relevant Scottish Ministers can instruct that more time can be taken to conclude the process.    
11. Unsuccessful outcome Review and appeal process   
Where a community group does not meet the eligibility criteria or has not applied under the terms
of the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 the decision of the Council is final and there
is no further route to review or appeal.  
Where a group meets the Asset Transfer eligibility criteria and has submitted a request to be
considered under the Community Empowerment Act the organisation may request that the
Council review their decision. This review must be undertaken by Elected Members.  The
Community Asset Transfer (CAT) Review Panel is made up of a group of eleven cross-party
Elected Members. The internal review process must be politically led, and Council officers can act
only in an advisory capacity.  
Elected Members from the local area where the appeal has been received from and those who
were involved in any earlier committee decisions will not be able to participate in the review
process.   If an organisation is not satisfied after the internal review, they can appeal to the
Scottish Ministers. An appeal to Scottish Ministers can be requested if:   
• The Council does not agree to their CAT request 
• The Council does not decide by the time it should have 
• The applicant organisation does not agree with the terms and conditions in the decision
notice.  
Following review or appeal the Council will send a new decision notice stating the new
decision and reasons for this. The following points apply to CAT reviews and appeals:   
Page 115 of 206

Page 116

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
20
• A community group has 20 working days after the decision notice to ask for further
review or appeal 
• Other people who commented on the initial asset transfer request must be asked what
they think about the review or appeal 
• All the papers about the review or appeal must be publicly available online 
• The Council or the Scottish Ministers can ask anyone involved in the application or
assessment for more information to help them decide.  They can ask for the information
in writing or hold a meeting so people can tell them their views. They can also do other
things, such as visiting the land or building the request relates to. 
The Council will also have regard to any statutory restrictions affecting disposal of the asset while
an asset transfer request, review or appeal remains live.
12. Reporting   
The Council is required to report annually on:  
• The number of CAT and participation requests received   
• The outcome of requests 
• Any support put in place to support requests.   
The Corporate Community Asset Working Group will provide reports to the Corporate
Management Team and relevant committees regarding any requests received and produce and
make available annual reports to Scottish Government, committee and the public   
An annual report will be submitted to the Communities Committee and used to inform the
required return to Scottish Government relating to Community Asset Transfer Requests and
Participation Requests under the legislation.  
13. Managing Risk   
The Council recognises that there are inherent risks in Community Asset Transfer, community
ownership and management of assets both for the applicant organisation and for the Council and
has in place mechanisms to ensure a consistent approach to managing these. Each request will be
considered on a case-by-case basis against robust criteria. The assessment and decision-making
criteria and process, and this policy, will help to manage and minimise risk and support positive
outcomes with and for local communities.  
The Council will provide support or signpost the organisation to the relevant local and national
agencies for advice/ resources in managing the risks involved and to support and facilitate
successful asset transfer, management or lease of an asset.  
Community and Voluntary Sector organisations are requested to show that they have considered
risk and have appropriately and proportionately planned for how risk will be managed and
mitigated against 
Page 116 of 206

Page 117

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
21
14. Policy Review     
The Council is committed to keeping its approach to community asset transfer and
community ownership under review. Implementation of this Policy will be informed by
experience from completed and live cases, feedback from community transfer bodies
and partners, relevant audit and assurance activity, changes in legislation and statutory
guidance, and emerging national good practice.
The Council will continue to review this policy through annual reporting and in line with
any business needs, and/or changes in guidance associated with the Community
Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015.  Material changes to this Policy will be subject to the
Council’s appropriate governance and approval arrangements. 
Page 117 of 206

Page 118

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy   22
Appendix 1 
Process Flowchart
1
ENQUIRY
Guidance issued
Initial contact with the Council. Guidance and
information provided on options, process, eligibility
and support available.
2
EARLY ENGAGEMENT 
Exploration & scoping
Group can discuss ideas informally with the Council.
An Expression of Interest email may help scope
feasibility, readiness and support needs.
The organisation will be offered the opportunity to
present their idea / proposal to officers 
3
FULL APPLICATION SUBMISSION
Application
Community transfer body submits the formal
request with the required information, evidence and
supporting documents.
4
VALIDATION (STATUTORY START)
Statutory validation
Council checks that the request meets statutory
requirements. The formal statutory process and
relevant timescales begin once a valid request is
received. 
5
ASSESSMENT & SCORING
Officer Review Panel Convened
The request is assessed against the relevant
statutory and policy considerations, with input from
relevant Council services.
Scoring Framework aligned to statutory guidance is
used. An assessment report will be presented to the
Community Asset Transfer Leadership Group.
6
REVIEW & MODERATION OF
ASSESSMENT 
The Community Asset Transfer Leadership
Group
Will consider all evidence presented by the scoring
panel. Findings are moderated to support
consistency, proportionality and fairness. 
7
RECOMMENDATION
Recommendation
The leadership group will make a final
recommendation setting out the proposed outcome
and the key reasons supporting it.  Following this,
officer will be instructed to prepare a report for the
Communities Committee.
8
DETERMINATION BY COMMITTEE
Decision Making & Issue of Decision Notice
The request is determined through the appropriate
governance route. The applicant is notified of the
decision and reasons, with statutory review/appeal
rights where applicable.
9
NEGOTIATION & LEGAL COMPLETION
Legal completion
Where approved, detailed terms are negotiated and
agreed. Required legal documentation is concluded
and the transaction completed.
10
POST-TRANSFER MONITORING
Monitoring & support
The community body assumes the agreed
ownership, lease or rights. Outcomes, obligations
and performance are monitored proportionately,
with ongoing support where appropriate. 
Page 118 of 206

Page 119

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
23
Appendix 2 
Common Good Assets Operational Protocol 
1. Purpose 
This Protocol sets out the operational arrangements for the assessment and determination of
Community Asset Transfer (CAT) applications involving Common Good property. 
It supports section 8 of the Community Asset Transfer Policy by providing officers with a
consistent process for identifying Common Good property, obtaining the necessary legal
advice, undertaking statutory consultation where required and progressing applications
through the Council's governance arrangements. 
This Protocol should be read alongside the Community Asset Transfer Policy and any
associated guidance, procedures and statutory requirements. 
2. Scope 
This Protocol applies where: 
• a Community Asset Transfer application relates to property recorded within the
Council's Common Good Register;
• an asset is identified during the assessment process as potentially forming part of the
Common Good; or
• Legal, Democratic and Strategy advise that Common Good considerations require to
be taken into account. 
Where Common Good status is confirmed or remains uncertain, this Protocol shall apply in
addition to the standard Community Asset Transfer process. 
3. Principles 
The Council will ensure that all Community Asset Transfer applications involving Common
Good property are: 
• lawful;
• transparent;
• evidence based;
• consistent;
• proportionate;
• undertaken in the interests of the relevant community; and
• supported by appropriate governance and legal advice. 
Nothing within this Protocol removes or limits the statutory duties placed upon the Council in
relation to the management of Common Good property. 
Page 119 of 206

Page 120

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
24
4. Roles and Responsibilities 
The Community Partnership Team is responsible for:
• validating applications;
• coordinating the assessment process;
• liaising with internal services;
• coordinating consultation;
• preparing reports; and
• maintaining the application record. 
Legal, Democratic and Strategy is responsible for: 
• determining whether an asset forms part of the Common Good, where necessary;
• advising on any legal restrictions affecting the asset;
• advising whether the property is alienable or inalienable, where relevant;
• identifying any statutory requirements or legal risks;
• advising on governance requirements; and
• confirming that legal requirements have been satisfied before a final decision is
implemented. 
Estates will provide:
• title information;
• property information;
• valuation advice;
• condition information; and
• asset management advice. 
The Leadership Group shall:
• consider officer assessments;
• determine whether an application should proceed to statutory consultation;
• consider consultation outcomes;
• approve recommendations for submission to Committee. 
The appropriate Committee shall determine applications in accordance with the Council's
Scheme of Administration and constitutional and governance arrangements. 
5. Stage 1 – Validation and Initial Screening 
Following receipt of a Community Asset Transfer application, the Community Partnership
Team will:
• validate the application;
• identify the property affected;
• notify relevant Council services;
• undertake an initial check of the Common Good Register; and
• refer the application to Legal, Democratic and Strategy where Common Good status
is identified or suspected. 
Page 120 of 206

Page 121

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
25
No application involving potential Common Good property shall proceed beyond this stage
until Legal, Democratic and Strategy where has completed its initial review. 
6. Stage 2 – Legal Determination 
Legal, Democratic and Strategy shall:
• review title deeds and relevant historical records;
• consider the Common Good Register;
• determine whether the property is:
o Common Good;
o not Common Good; or
o of uncertain status requiring further investigation
• determine whether the property is alienable or inalienable where applicable;
• identify any statutory consultation, court approval or other legal requirements; and
• record its conclusions within the case file. 
Where further legal investigation is required, the CAT process may be paused until sufficient
information has been obtained and the Community Group will co-operate with the Council to
agree any necessary extensions to accommodate any further diligence that requires to be
carried out . 
7. Stage 3 – Officer Assessment 
Once legal review has been completed, the application shall proceed through the normal
Community Asset Transfer assessment process. This will normally include:
• service consultation;
• financial assessment;
• property assessment;
• community benefit assessment;
• equality and sustainability considerations;
• risk assessment; and
• scoring in accordance with the approved assessment framework. 
The assessment report shall specifically address:
• Common Good status;
• legal advice received;
• implications for management of the Common Good;
• consultation requirements; and
• any conditions recommended should the application proceed. 
8. Stage 4 – Leadership Group Review 
The Leadership Group shall consider the completed assessment and determine whether:
• the application should proceed to statutory consultation;
• further information is required;
• amendments should be sought; or
• refusal should be recommended.
Page 121 of 206

Page 122

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
26 
The Leadership Group shall approve the consultation arrangements. 
9. Stage 5 -Statutory Consultation 
Where consultation is required, officers shall:
• prepare consultation documentation;
• publish the proposal in accordance with statutory requirements;
• undertake consultation for the required period;
• record all representations received; and
• acknowledge correspondence where appropriate. 
The consultation process shall be conducted openly and fairly, ensuring interested parties
have an appropriate opportunity to comment all in accordance with Scottish Government
Guidance. 
10. Stage 6 – Consideration of Representation 
Following completion of consultation:
• all representations shall be reviewed;
• draft responses shall be prepared;
• any material issues shall be assessed;
• legal advice shall be sought where required; and
• a report shall be prepared for the Leadership Group. 
The Leadership Group shall consider:
• the consultation outcome;
• proposed responses to representations; and
• the recommendation to Committee. 
11. Stage 7 – Committee Determination 
The Committee report shall include:
• details of the Community Asset Transfer application;
• confirmation of the Common Good status of the asset;
• a summary of legal advice;
• the outcome of statutory consultation;
• officer recommendations;
• any conditions recommended if approved; and
• any statutory requirements remaining to be completed. 
The appropriate Committee shall determine whether the application should be approved or
refused. 
12. Stage 8 – Decision and Implementation 
Following Committee determination, officers shall:
Page 122 of 206

Page 123

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
27
• issue the Decision Notice;
• issue responses to representations;
• notify the applicant;
• notify consultees where appropriate;
• update Council records;
• arrange completion of any legal documentation; and
• implement the Committee decision. 
An annual report will be submitted to the Communities Committee and used to inform the
required return to Scottish Government relating to Community Asset Transfer Requests and
Participation Requests under the legislation.  
No transfer shall proceed until Legal, Democratic and Strategy confirms that all statutory and
legal requirements have been satisfied. 
13. Record Keeping 
The Community Partnership Team shall maintain a complete record of:
• the application;
• legal advice;
• officer assessments;
• consultation documentation;
• representations received;
• Committee reports;
• Committee decisions; and
• completed legal documentation. 
Records shall be retained in accordance with the Council's records management arrangements. 
14. Monitoring and Review 
The operation of this Protocol shall be monitored by the Community Partnership Team in
conjunction with Legal, Democratic and Strategy. 
The Protocol shall be reviewed periodically, or sooner where there are changes to legislation,
case law, statutory guidance or the Council's governance arrangements. 
15. Indicative Process Timeline 
An indicative timetable for Community Asset Transfer applications involving Common Good
property is maintained by the Community Partnership Team and is appended to this Protocol. 
The timetable is intended to support operational planning only and may be amended to
reflect:
• Committee cycles;
• statutory consultation requirements;
• legal advice;
• the complexity of individual applications;
Page 123 of 206

Page 124

Community Ownership and Management of Council Owned Assets Policy  
28
• resource availability; and
• any other operational or governance considerations. 
The current timetable should be read alongside this Protocol and the Community Ownership
and Management of  Council Owned Asset Policy and should not be interpreted as creating
fixed deadlines where statutory requirements or governance considerations require variation. 
Cycle 1 Example (January to March 2027)   
Action  Date 
Application Validated  9 August 2026  onwards 
Legal determination of Common Good status (including confirmation of
whether the asset is alienable or inalienable, where applicable)
After validation
CAT Team Consideration of Application  9 August 2026 to 11
September 2026 
Application Scored by Scoring Panel of Officers  Week Commencing 14
September 2026
Leadership Group to Score and Agree to Proceed to Consultation/Refusal  29 September 2026
Preparation for Consultation   30 September 2026 to 20
October 2026 
Go Live Consultation (8 weeks)  20 October 2026
End of Consultation  15 December 2026
Collation of Representations and Drafting of Responses including
preparation of report to Leadership Group 
16 December 2026 to 18
December 2026 
Leadership Group 
(i) to advise of outcome of consultation and confirm
recommendation to Committee  
(ii) agree draft responses to any representations made at statutory
consultation (subject to Committee approval)
22 December 2026
Deadline for Committee Report 
(i) Recommendation for approval/rejection 
(ii) Outcome of consultation and approval of responses to
representations 
7 January 2027 
Convenors  18 January 2027
Committee Date (Communities) 8 February 2027   
Decision Issued & Responses to Representations Issued  9 February 2027 
Page 124 of 206

Page 125

North Lanarkshire Council
Report 
Policy and Strategy Committee
Does this report require to be approved? ☒ Yes   ☐ No
Ref    RB Date 17/09/26 
Update on the review of the council’s Democratic, Committee, and
Decision-Making governance procedures  
From  Rachel Blair, Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic and Strategy)  
E-mail blairr@northlan.gov.uk 
Executive Summary
This report provides Policy and Strategy Committee with an update on progress in undertaking
the review of the council's Democratic, Committee, and Decision-Making governance
procedures. The report builds on the phased approach approved in September 2025 and
subsequent reports to Policy and Strategy Committee and full Council, which provided
updates on the review programme and on the procurement and implementation of the
Electronic Voting and Mobile Hybrid Meeting System.   
Now complete, Phase 1 has established a strong foundation for the review. Activity has
included documenting governance improvements since 2018, implementing electronic voting
and enhanced hybrid meeting arrangements, and completing an options appraisal for the
Committee Management Information System. Collectively, these improvements have
strengthened accessibility, transparency, and participation, while enhancing digital capability
and providing Elected Members with greater flexibility when engaging in council business. 
The review has confirmed that the council’s democratic governance arrangements remain
robust, legally compliant, and effective.  Benchmarking across local government in Scotland
compares favourably across a range of governance practices, while also identifying
opportunities to modernise governance documentation, improve accessibility, strengthen
supporting guidance, and consolidate governance arrangements into a single Democratic
Framework. The review has therefore evolved from one focused on identifying potential
improvements to one centred on modernisation, simplification, and continuous improvement
to enhance the resources and support available to Elected Members in carrying out their
governance, scrutiny, and decision-making role. 
Building on these foundations, Phases 2, 3 and 4 are therefore now being progressed
concurrently to support a co-ordinated and integrated approach to governance reform to
strengthen understanding of the council’s democratic and decision-making arrangements for
Elected Members, officers, and the public. 
The review is on track for completion by December 2026, enabling the consolidated
Democratic Framework to be considered by full Council in cycle 1 of 2027 and helping to build
on the council's strong governance foundations for the next council term. 
Recommendations
It is recommended the Policy and Strategy Committee: 
Item 8
Page 125 of 206

Page 126

1. Background 
1.1 In September 2025, Policy and Strategy Committee approved proposals to undertake
a phased review of the council's Democratic, Committee, and Decision-Making
governance procedures. 
1.2 The review is intended to consolidate governance processes, strengthen digital
capability, enhance transparency and accountability, and establish a modern and
resilient democratic framework. It seeks to ensure the council's governance
arrangements remain fit for purpose and continue to support effective and democratic
decision-making. 
1.3 The review reflects Best Value expectations for scrutiny and continuous improvement
under the Local Government in Scotland Act 2003, as well as the seven core principles
set out in CIPFAs Delivering Good Governance in Local Government: Framework
(2016).  It also takes account of guidance issued by SOLAR (Society of Local Authority
Lawyers and Administrators in Scotland), and practice across local government in
Scotland. Collectively, these statutory and professional frameworks provide the
benchmark against which the council’s own governance arrangements have been
assessed throughout the review. 
1.4 As well as supporting compliance with recognised governance standards and good
practice, effective governance is also a key enabler of the council's strategic priorities.
Ensuring strong governance that continues to support the successful delivery of the
priorities and improvements for place and people (as set out in The Plan for North
Lanarkshire and Programme of Work), is therefore an important aspect of the review.
As such, the review also provides an opportunity to strengthen governance
arrangements and enhance understanding of how decisions taken by the council
contribute to tangible benefits for the people and communities of North Lanarkshire.   
1.5 The review also supports the council’s wider ambition of maintaining governance
arrangements that are proportionate, transparent, and resilient, while ensuring that
governance documentation remains accessible to Elected Members, officers, and the
public. 
1.6 The review is structured across four phases, with a target completion date of December
2026. This phased approach provides a clear way forward for progressing governance 
(1) Acknowledge the progress made to date in delivering the democratic, committee, and
decision-making governance review, 
(2) Note the next steps set out in the report in relation to each of the review workstreams,
(3) Agree to the progression of the stakeholder engagement programme with Elected
Members, and other key stakeholders, to inform and shape the final Democratic
Framework, and
(4) Note that the final outcomes of the review are scheduled to be reported to full Council
in cycle 1 of 2027. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
Programme of Work Statutory / corporate / service requirement
Page 126 of 206

Page 127

improvements, procedural reform, and the consolidation of governance arrangements
in a planned and proportionate manner. 
Phase Areas of focus
1 Foundations - governance systems baseline and access improvements.
2 Engagement and accessibility - documentation clarity and public usability.
3 Decision-making principles - standards, transparency, and competency
guidance in relation to motions, amendments, and related processes.
4 Modernisation and consolidation - Standing Orders, Scheme of
Administration, Scheme of Delegation, and a single Democratic Framework. 
1.7 While each phase has a distinct focus, the workstreams are interdependent and
collectively support the development of a single modern governance framework. 
Progress within earlier phases has therefore informed the scope and direction of
subsequent workstreams, enabling evidence gathered through benchmarking,
compliance assessment, and operational experience to shape the overall programme.
Through this phased approach, the review aims to deliver: 
• Clear and complementary roles and responsibilities for Members and officers,
supporting accountability, constructive democratic processes, and proportionate
scrutiny and oversight.
• Fair, consistent, and transparent decision-making arrangements that continue to
underpin delivery of the council's strategic priorities, strengthen public confidence,
and make effective use of technology to enhance participation, efficiency, and
effectiveness.
• Plain-language governance documentation that is easier for Members, officers,
and the public to navigate, understand, and apply.
• Governance documentation that is capable of being maintained and updated more
efficiently, reducing duplication and supporting future governance development.
• A consolidated and coherent Democratic Framework that brings together key
governance documents, promotes consistency, supports ease of reference, and
strengthens understanding of the council’s democratic and decision-making
arrangements. 
1.8 Since approval of the review programme in September 2025, a number of reports have
been considered by committee providing updates on various aspects of the work. 
These are summarised in paragraphs 1.8.1 to 1.8.4 below. 
1.8.1 An update on implementation of a new electronic voting and mobile hybrid meeting
system, following the contract award, was reported to full Council in December 2025.
The report outlined the system’s key functionalities and benefits, including secure
electronic voting, hybrid meeting capability, enhanced webcasting, and greater
flexibility to support meetings in community venues. It also detailed the implementation
programme, including testing, training, phased deployment, and delivery timescales. 
1.8.2 A progress update on Phase 1 was reported to the Policy and Strategy Committee in
March 2026. This established the council's governance baseline and documented
improvements between 2018 and 2025, including enhancements to democratic
procedures, committee administration, and meeting scheduling, together with
strengthened scrutiny, competency, relevancy, and affordability controls. The update
also highlighted corresponding changes to Standing Orders and committee
Page 127 of 206

Page 128

procedures. 
1.8.3 The March 2026 report also outlined the evolution of council practices since 2018 in
relation to digital accessibility and publication standards. This included the introduction
of audio-visual recording, remote and hybrid meetings, enhanced digital access to
committee information, and the procurement of the new electronic voting and mobile
hybrid meeting system. 
1.8.4 A further update was reported to full Council in June 2026 following the successful
deployment of the electronic voting and mobile hybrid meeting system within the
Council Chambers and associated hybrid meeting environments.  The report outlined
the training, guidance, and support provided to Elected Members and officers, together
with operational and procedural expectations to support the secure, transparent, and
effective use of the technology. 
1.9 Building on the foundations established through Phase 1, the review has progressed
to Phases 2, 3 and 4 which are being taken forward concurrently to ensure a co-
ordinated and cohesive approach to procedural governance reform. Recognising the
interdependency of governance procedures, practice, and documentation, this will
facilitate the development of a single, consolidated Democratic Framework that
improves the clarity of governance documents, strengthens public participation, and
promotes greater understanding of how the council conducts its business and makes
decisions. 
1.10 This report provides Policy and Strategy Committee with an update on progress across
the remaining phases of the review and outlines the next steps being taken to
implement a coherent package of governance reforms, establish a single Democratic
Framework, and support completion of the review programme by December 2026. 
2. Progress update as at August 2026 
2.1 Since the previous updates reported to Committee and Council, the activity plan has
been refined to reflect delivery to date, the interdependencies across the remaining
programme, and the more detailed workstreams emerging as the review has
progressed. The updated plan is set out in Appendix 1 and confirms that activity is
underway across all remaining phases. The overall target completion date of December
2026 remains unchanged. 
2.2 Overall, the work undertaken to date demonstrates that the council’s governance
arrangements continue to operate effectively and are supported by a mature
governance framework. The remaining work is therefore focused primarily on
modernisation, simplification, and continuous improvement rather than addressing
fundamental weaknesses or areas of non-compliance. 
2.3 Appendix 1 also identifies completed and ongoing actions and summarises progress
against each workstream. The key activities delivered to date, together with the next
steps, are summarised in paragraphs 2.3.1 to 2.3.4 below. For ease of reference, the
numbering in these sub-sections reflects the corresponding activity numbers contained
within  Appendix 1. 
Phase 1: Foundations - governance systems baseline and access improvements. 
2.3.1 All Phase 1 activities have been completed, as summarised below. 
(1.1) Chronology of incremental updates and improvements since 2018.
Page 128 of 206

Page 129

The council has implemented a wide range of incremental governance
improvements between 2018 and 2025. These have collectively modernised
governance arrangements, strengthened procedural controls, and improved
transparency, and include: 
• Enhancing democratic procedures relating to motions and amendments,
questions, agenda management, and substitute membership.
• Streamlining committee administration through revised arrangements for
minutes, agenda packs, and the publication and resubmission of motions and
amendments.
• Rationalising the timetable of meetings to better align with Elected Members’
availability and improve scheduling across the civic calendar.
• Strengthening governance controls by requiring motions and amendments to
be competent, relevant, and affordable, with financial implications and funding
sources clearly identified.
• Enhancing governance and scrutiny arrangements through revised substitute
Member provisions and updated arrangements for Planning and Regulatory
Committees, and the Audit and Scrutiny Panel.
• Improving the clarity, transparency, and flexibility of committee procedures
through corresponding updates to Standing Orders. 
(1.2)  Details of how the council’s digital accessibility and publication standards
practices have already evolved.   
The council's approach to digital accessibility, publication standards, and public
access to governance information has also evolved significantly since 2018. Key
developments include: 
• Formalisation of audio-visual recording of meetings in accordance with the
council's Media Policy, strengthening public access and transparency. 
• Enhancing digital accessibility through electronic publication of the volume of
minutes, simplified minute approval processes, electronic meeting requests,
and agenda pack links (while retaining hard copy access on request).
• Introducing remote meetings, supported by a formal Remote Meetings
Protocol and Elected Members’ training.
• Introducing and embedding hybrid meeting arrangements, enhancing
flexibility, and broadening participation opportunities for Elected Members.
• Implementing a Committee Management Information System, improving
transparency through publication of attendance records, declarations of
interest, committee memberships, and appointments to outside bodies. 
• Recording exempt items of business and making these available to Elected
Members on request, strengthening oversight and informed participation.
• Updating committee minutes to record questions requiring follow-up action.
• Introducing electronic voting and enhanced arrangements for recording and
reporting Elected Member questions and responses. 
(1.3) Options appraisal for the Committee Administration Management System
(CMIS) system. 
The options appraisal for the CMIS system considered three options: (i)
discontinue the current system, (ii) extend the existing contract for 12 months, or
(iii) procure a replacement system. Following stakeholder engagement, a SWOT
analysis, a risk assessment, and an evaluation against agreed criteria, Option 2
- extend the current contract for 12 months - was identified as the preferred
Page 129 of 206

Page 130

option. 
• The preferred option ensures continuity of service and retains a system
familiar to Elected Members, officers, and the public. It represents the most
proportionate and lowest-risk approach, avoiding the need for an accelerated
procurement exercise while providing sufficient time to undertake the
benchmarking, analysis, and market assessment necessary to inform future
requirements for the council’s committee administration system.
• The extension period is being used to complete a programme of preparatory
work, including identifying business and user requirements, evaluating
alternative solutions available within the market, comparing approaches
adopted by other councils, assessing opportunities to improve the use of
existing system functionality, and developing a detailed technical specification. 
(1.4)  Pilot of electronic voting in selected committees, with training and support         
for Elected Members. 
Following testing of the electronic voting and mobile hybrid meeting system, a
soft launch of electronic voting was undertaken across selected committees to
support live operational testing and feedback. 
• Training, demonstrations, and operational support have been made available
to all Elected Members and relevant officers to support the introduction and
operation of the arrangements.
• Guidance notes and supporting instructions have also been circulated
covering the operation of the system, hybrid meeting arrangements, and
practical meeting management procedures. 
(1.5)  Review of hybrid / webcasting arrangements to ensure transparency while            
safeguarding confidentiality. 
Hybrid and webcast meeting arrangements have been monitored throughout
implementation to assess their effectiveness in supporting access, participation,
and transparency while maintaining appropriate safeguarding controls. 
• Ongoing operation of these arrangements has provided valuable learning and
insight into their practical application, helping to inform continued
developments and refinements as hybrid and community-based meeting
arrangements evolve. 
Phase 2: Engagement and accessibility - documentation clarity and public usability. 
2.3.2 Benchmarking and desktop analysis were undertaken across local government in
Scotland to compare governance documentation, committee procedures, and public
democratic governance arrangements. This work has provided an evidence base
against which North Lanarkshire Council’s governance arrangements have been
assessed and has helped identify examples of good practice and opportunities for
improvement. 
(2.1)  Review of committee minutes to improve clarity, accessibility, and public
understanding. 
Overall, benchmarking against the minutes of Scotland's other 31 local authorities
found that North Lanarkshire's minutes compare favourably and provide a clear
record of governance, scrutiny, and decision-making. Opportunities were
nevertheless identified to further improve consistency and usability through a
Page 130 of 206

Page 131

more streamlined and standardised approach that makes discussions, decisions,
and actions easier to identify and understand. 
Benchmarking also identified a growing use of transparency statements within
the published minutes of a number of local authorities. These statements
distinguish between formal declarations of interest, which require consideration
under the Councillors Code of Conduct, and circumstances where an Elected
Member wishes to proactively record a connection or association with a matter,
but, having applied the objective test, has concluded that it does not amount to a
declarable interest and therefore does not preclude their participation in the
meeting. Such statements are intended to enhance openness and public
confidence by providing additional context regarding Members’ connections to
matters under consideration.  The potential benefits, practical implications, and
consistency of such as approach will be considered further as part of the wider
review of committee procedures and governance documentation. 
Strengths Gaps
• Clear recording of decisions
through a consistent Decided
section.
• Strong procedural governance
recording attendance, substitutes,
apologies, and declarations of
interest.
• Clear audit trail between reports
considered and decisions reached.
• Good accountability through
recording follow-up reports and
additional requests.
• Transparent decision-making, with
key matters and agreed outcomes
documented.
• Consistent recording of Elected
Member questions and officer
commitments, supporting scrutiny.
• Minutes can be difficult to navigate
due to detailed report summaries
and procedural wording.
• Key decisions are not always
immediately visible within the
narrative.
• Limited summary of discussion or
rationale behind decisions.
• Follow-up actions are not captured
within a single action-tracking
format.
• Repetitive phrasing and lengthy
descriptions of report contents
reduce readability.
• Public accessibility could be
enhanced through greater use of
plain language and more concise
summaries.
• Inconsistencies in format.
Opportunities
for
improvement
• Introduce a standard minute template across committees. 
• Improve visibility of decisions through standardised
formatting and headings. 
• Include brief summaries of each item's purpose and
outcome. 
• More clearly distinguish between discussions, decisions,
and actions.
• Adopt clearer, more concise drafting, and plain-language
principles. 
• Build on the existing approach to recording Member
questions and officer commitments by incorporating these
into a wider formal action-tracking process. 
• Consider whether the introduction of transparency
statements, where appropriate, would further enhance
openness and public confidence in the council’s decision
making processes. 
Page 131 of 206

Page 132

Importantly, the benchmarking exercise found no evidence that the council’s
current approach is inconsistent with recognised practice elsewhere in Scotland. 
The opportunities identified relate primarily to improving readability, accessibility,
and consistency rather than addressing deficiencies in governance or decision
making. 
To support the next stage of the programme, the benchmarking findings are being
evaluated against recognised good practice to inform the development of a
standard committee minute template and supporting guidance. 
The next stage will also include an end-to-end process mapping exercise
covering the preparation, quality assurance, approval, and adoption of committee
minutes. This will help identify opportunities to simplify processes, reduce
administrative effort, improve efficiency, and support the continued timely and
accurate production of committee minutes. 
(2.2) Assessment of Committee Questions Log to ensure it strengthens
accountability and meaningful scrutiny. 
Introduced in cycle 1 of 2025, the Committee Questions Logs have been
consolidated and analysed. Since implementation, 134 questions have been
recorded across committees (see Appendix 2), providing a useful evidence base
on scrutiny activity, committee oversight, and follow-up arrangements. The
analysis also provides a valuable baseline against which future scrutiny activity
and committee effectiveness can be monitored over time. 
This analysis will inform the next stage of the programme, with further work
underway to identify emerging themes and patterns and consider a categorisation
approach to distinguish between scrutiny-related questions, requests for
information, and requests for service-related matters that require operational
follow-up. 
An end-to-end process mapping exercise will also be undertaken to consider
opportunities for a consolidated action and questions log, to streamline the
handling, response, and publication of committee questions, and strengthen
accountability and follow-up arrangements.  
(2.3) Review of the Petitions Process to assess accessibility, transparency, and
effectiveness in enabling public participation. 
The council’s petitions process is set out on the council website and reflects the
amended arrangements approved by full Council in December 2024:
https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-council/complaints-and-
feedback/petitions-process. 
The Scheme of Delegation (April 2026) sets out delegated authority to named
officers “to enact the terms of a petition received by the council in so far as
resources and authority is available and appropriate”. 
In addition, the Scheme of Administration provides a consistent framework for the
consideration of petitions, with relevant committees having responsibility “to
consider and agree action in relation to petitions received by the council relative
to the business of the Committee”. This ensures petitions are considered and
determined through established democratic and governance arrangements. 
Page 132 of 206

Page 133

Initial benchmarking across local government in Scotland found significant
variation in petition processes and no common model or set of standards. 
Differences were noted in areas including signature thresholds, admissibility
criteria, qualifying requirements, officer assessment arrangements, committee
routes, public speaking rights, response and reporting arrangements, and
governance ownership of the process. 
To support the next stage of the programme, the benchmarking findings are being
assessed further to identify any principles and characteristics associated with
effective petition arrangements and to better understand the implications of the
different approaches adopted across local government. 
This work will inform consideration of the role of petitions within the council's wider
democratic arrangements and the proposed Democratic Framework. It will also
consider how petitions support public participation, community empowerment,
and public confidence in local decision-making, and whether the current
arrangements remain fit for purpose within a modern and accessible model of
democratic governance. 
This work also provides an opportunity to consider whether greater consistency
between petitions, public participation arrangements, and committee procedures
could further strengthen public engagement with the council’s democratic
processes. 
Phase 3: Decision-making principles - standards, transparency, competency guidance 
in relation to motions, amendments, and related processes.       
2.3.3 The three activities within this phase have been combined into a single consolidated
workstream.
(3.1, 3.2, 3.3) 
Review of decision-making principles, development of competency
guidance for Elected Members and officers, and consideration of
approaches to handling non-competent matters to ensure motions,
amendments, and related processes are clear, fair, and consistently
applied. 
Initial benchmarking indicates that while councils generally operate within the
same legislative and governance framework, there is no single common
approach to the detailed procedures supporting motions, amendments,
procedural rulings, competency considerations, and the handling of non-
competent matters, with significant variation evident across local government. 
This reinforces the importance of developing locally appropriate governance
arrangements that reflect legislative requirements, recognised good practice, and
the council’s own experience rather than seeking to replicate another authority’s
approach. 
The next stage of the programme will examine how motions, amendments, and
procedural matters are presented and managed, alongside the provision of
practical competency guidance and approaches to addressing non-competent
matters. This will inform the development of clear, consistent, and accessible
decision-making procedures and supporting governance documentation. 
Phase 4: Modernisation and consolidation - Standing Orders, Scheme of                      
Administration, Scheme of Delegation, and a single Democratic Framework.
Page 133 of 206

Page 134

2.3.4  The three activities within this phase have been combined into a single consolidated
workstream.
(4.1, 4.2, 4.3) 
Modernisation and consolidation of Standing Orders, the Scheme of
Administration, the Scheme of Delegation, and related governance
documentation to improve clarity, proportionality, and accessibility,
align with the council's Leadership and Operating Model, and support
the development of a single coherent Democratic Framework.   
To support this phase, a compliance assessment was undertaken comparing the
council's Standing Orders against the requirements of Schedule 7 of the Local
Government (Scotland) Act 1973 (see Appendix 3). This provided an evidence-
based assessment of the extent to which the council's existing framework aligns
with the statutory requirements governing meetings and proceedings of local
authorities. 
• The evaluation concluded that the council’s Standing Orders are substantially
compliant with the legislative requirements. Compliance was demonstrated
across all key areas of the statutory framework, including meetings, notice
arrangements, business management, quorum, voting, attendance records,
minutes, and committee governance. 
• The only area identified for further consideration relates to the legislative
provision regarding vacancies and qualifications of members, which are
currently relied upon through the Act itself rather than being expressly reflected
within the Standing Orders. 
• Overall, the assessment provides assurance that the council’s decision-
making arrangements remain robust, transparent, and legally compliant. 
Taken together, the compliance assessment, benchmarking exercise, and
operational review provide assurance that the council’s governance framework
remains legally robust.  The remaining work is therefore focused on improving
usability, consistency, and accessibility while preserving the strengths of the
existing governance arrangements. 
While no significant compliance issues were identified, the assessment
highlighted opportunities to further enhance the simplicity, consistency, and
completeness of existing arrangements. These findings will inform the
modernisation of the council’s governance documentation and its consolidation
within the proposed Democratic Framework, supporting a more accessible and
coherent structure, as reflected in the initial improvement considerations set out
in Appendix 4. 
To illustrate the proposed approach, an example protocol has been included at
Appendix 5. The example is provided for illustrative purposes only, and
demonstrates how governance content could be structured and presented within
the Democratic Framework. It shows how principles relating to a specific
governance matter, procedural and operational requirements, expected practice,
and document management arrangements could be brought together within a
single integrated document. 
Stakeholder engagement programme 
2.4 As the programme moves into its final stages, a programme of engagement will be
undertaken with Elected Members, supported by input with other key stakeholders, to
Page 134 of 206

Page 135

inform and shape the final Democratic Framework.  Engagement will include Elected
Members from all political groups and groupings together with relevant officers and
governance practitioners. Where appropriate, feedback from users of governance
documentation will also inform the final design and presentation of the Democratic
Framework to ensure it is practical, accessible, and user focussed. 
2.5 Building on the benchmarking and analysis undertaken to date, this engagement will
provide Elected Members with an opportunity to consider emerging proposals, identify
priorities for modernisation, and contribute to the development of the final Democratic
Framework. Particular focus will be given to the accessibility and usability of
governance documentation, decision-making procedures, public participation
arrangements, and the practical operation of democratic processes. 
2.6 The stakeholder engagement programme will also provide an opportunity to test the
proposed structure of the Democratic Framework prior to its finalisation, ensuring that
the completed framework is proportionate, practical, and capable of supporting
effective democratic governance throughout the next council term. 
2.7 Feedback and insights gathered through this engagement will play a key role in shaping
the final stage of the programme and supporting completion of the review. This will
culminate in a final Democratic Framework being reported to full Council in cycle 1 of
2027. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1 The review will be considered successful when:
• Governance arrangements remain legally compliant, proportionate, accessible,
and transparent.
• Elected Members and officers confirm that governance processes, procedures,
and supporting guidance are clear, consistent, and practical to apply.
• Public confidence and understanding of democratic processes are strengthened
through clear decision-making arrangements, modernised practices, and
accessible governance documentation,
• Governance documentation is consolidated within a coherent Democratic
Framework that promotes consistency, usability, and ease of maintenance.
• North Lanarkshire’s governance arrangements reflect good practice and are
informed by benchmarking and stakeholder engagement. 
4. Supporting documentation 
4.1 Appendix 1   -  Updated Activity Plan and Timeline (at August 2026). 
Appendix 2   - High-level analysis of Committee Questions Log (cycle 1 2025 to 
cycle 2 2026). 
Appendix 3 -  Compliance assessment of the council’s Standing Orders against   
Schedule 7 of the Local Government (Scotland) Act  1973: Meetings   
and Proceedings of Local Authorities. 
Appendix 4 - Democratic Framework development themes and considerations. 
Appendix 5  - Illustrative example demonstrating how protocol content may be 
presented within the proposed Democratic Framework. 
Rachel Blair
Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic and Strategy)
Page 135 of 206

Page 136

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
The review will ensure that the council’s democratic arrangements remain legally
robust, compliant with statutory requirements, and aligned to the principles of the
CIPFA Delivering Good Governance in Local Government: Framework (2016). 
The legal impact in this report is only in relation to supporting demonstration of the
council’s compliance with the relevant legislation listed below. It does not introduce
new legal duties or changes to the council’s statutory duty in this respect. 
• The Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973 (and its subsequent amendments)
sets out Schedule 7 in relation to requirements for Meetings and Proceedings of
Local Authorities.
• The Local Government in Scotland Act 2003 introduced the statutory duty of
Best Value which requires the council to “make arrangements which secure Best
Value” and ensure “continuous improvement in the performance of the
authority’s functions”. 
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
Page 136 of 206

Page 137

data subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has
an assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
The review supports the management of the Corporate Risk relating to
Governance, Leadership, and Decision Making by strengthening the effectiveness,
compliance, and resilience of the council's democratic governance arrangements. 
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services.
5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
Page 137 of 206

Page 138

carried out? 
Work to undertake a CRWIA is currently underway. 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
Page 138 of 206

Page 139

Appendix 1 
Updated Activity Plan and Timeline (at August 2026) 
Phase Areas of focus Key activities  Indicative target
completion date 
Position (August 2026)
1 Foundations -
governance
systems baseline
and access
improvements.
1.1  Democratic Manager to provide chronology of
incremental updates and evidence of existing
improvements since 2018.
April 2026 Complete. 
Further detail is provided in section 2.3.1 of this report.
1.2  Democratic Manager to provide details of how the
council’s practices have already evolved (e.g. digital
accessibility, publication standards).
Complete. 
Further detail is provided in section 2.3.1 of this report.
1.3  Options appraisal for CMIS / MARS system, focusing
on usability, accessibility, and integration with digital
platforms.
Complete.
Further detail is provided in section 2.3.1 of this report.
1.4  Pilot of electronic voting in selected committees, with
training and support for Elected Members.
Complete.
Further detail is provided in section 2.3.1 of this report.
1.5  Review of hybrid / webcasting arrangements to
ensure transparency while safeguarding
confidentiality. 
Complete, but learning and insights continue to inform
further developments and refinements as hybrid and
community based meeting arrangements evolve.
Further detail is provided in section 2.3.1 of this report.
2 Engagement
and
accessibility -
documentation
clarity and public
usability. 
2.1  Review of committee minutes to improve clarity,
accessibility and public understanding (including
plain-English templates and summary formats).
Phases 2, 3
and 4 are
progressing
concurrently in
line with the 
overall target
completion
date, which
remains
December 2026
as originally
agreed.
Underway. 
Benchmarking of local government across Scotland is
complete. Findings are being evaluated against
recognised good practice to inform a standard
committee minute template and supporting guidance.
An end-to-end process mapping exercise covering the
preparation, quality assurance, approval, and adoption
of committee minutes will be undertaken to help
identify opportunities to simplify processes, reduce
administrative effort, and improve efficiency.
2.2  Assessment of Committee Questions Log to ensure
it strengthens accountability and meaningful scrutiny.
Underway. 
Committee Questions Logs have been consolidated
and analysed, providing a useful evidence base.
Further analysis is underway to identify emerging
Page 139 of 206

Page 140

Phase Areas of focus Key activities  Indicative target
completion date 
Position (August 2026)
themes and patterns and consider a categorisation
approach to distinguish between scrutiny-related
questions and requests for information or service.
An end-to-end process mapping exercise will consider
opportunities for a consolidated action and questions
log to streamline processes.
2.3  Review of the Petitions Process to assess
accessibility, transparency, and effectiveness in
enabling public participation. Consider thresholds,
clarity of guidance, support for petitioners, feedback
mechanisms and alignment with best practice in
participatory democracy.
Underway.
Benchmarking has found significant variation in
petition processes, with no common model or set of
standards, and many differences in practices. 
Findings are being assessed further to identify any
principles and characteristics associated with effective
petition arrangements and to better understand the
implications of the different approaches adopted
across local government.  This work will inform
consideration of the role of petitions within the
council's wider democratic arrangements and the
proposed Democratic Framework.
3 Decision-
making
principles -
standards,
transparency, and
competency
guidance in
relation to
motions,
amendments,
and related
processes.
3.1  Review of decision-making principles to ensure
motions, amendments and related processes are
clear, fair, and consistently applied.
These three activities have been combined into a
single consolidated workstream.
Underway
Benchmarking indicates that while councils generally
operate within the same legislative and governance
framework, there is no single common approach.
Findings will inform further analysis of how motions,
amendments, and procedural matters are presented
and managed, alongside the provision of practical
competency guidance and approaches to addressing
non-competent matters.
3.2  Development of guidance for Members and officers
on competency, framed around principles of
transparency and accountability.
3.3  Consideration of approaches to handling non-
competent matters, balancing openness with
fairness to Members.
4 Modernisation
and
consolidation -
Standing Orders,
4.1  Full modernisation of Standing Orders, framed
around clarity, proportionality, and accessibility. 
These three activities have been combined into a
single consolidated workstream.
Underway. 
Benchmarking of governance documentation and a 4.2  Review and update of the Scheme of Administration
and Scheme of Delegation, ensuring proportionality
Page 140 of 206

Page 141

Phase Areas of focus Key activities  Indicative target
completion date 
Position (August 2026)
Scheme of
Administration,
Scheme of
Delegation, and a
single
Democratic
Framework.
and alignment  with  the  council’s  Leadership  and
Operating Model.
compliance assessment of Standing Orders against
Schedule 7 of the Local Government (Scotland) Act
1973 have been completed, concluding that the
council’s Standing Orders are substantially compliant
with the legislative requirements.
The assessment has highlighted opportunities to
further enhance the simplicity, consistency, and
completeness of existing arrangements. 
Findings will inform the modernisation of the council’s
governance documentation and its consolidation within
the proposed Democratic Framework.
To demonstrate how governance content could be
structured and presented within the Democratic
Framework, an illustrated example is provided at
Appendix 5.
4.3  Consolidation of all governance documents into a
single, coherent framework.
Stakeholder
engagement
programme
4.4 Programme of engagement with Elected Members,
supported by input from other key stakeholders, to
inform and shape the final Democratic Framework
and support completion of the review programme.
November 2026 Process to be discussed and agreed with Elected
Members. 
Page 141 of 206

Page 142

Appendix 2 
High-level analysis of Committee Questions Logs (cycle 1 2025 to cycle 2 2026) 
A total of 174 questions were recorded through Committee Questions Logs between cycle 1 2025 and cycle 2 2026. The analysis below provides a high-level overview of
activity across committees and service areas and will help inform the next stage of the review. 
Table 1:
Number of questions by committee and cycle
Committee 2025 2026 Total cycle 1 cycle 2 cycle 3 cycle 4 cycle 1 cycle 2
Adult Care and
Social Work 3 4 0 2 2 5 16
Audit and
Scrutiny Panel 2 0 12 5 1 1 21
Communities 14 2 6 2 1 1 26
Council 0 0 0 4 0 1 5
Education,
Children and
Families
4 0 3 2 3 0 12
Enterprise and
Fair Work 2 2 0 2 0 2 8
Environment and
Climate Change 6 4 6 0 2 5 23
Finance and
Resources 1 3 2 4 0 2 12
Housing 3 0 7 2 5 0 17
Planning 3 0 0 0 0 0 3
Policy and
Strategy 6 13 3 0 1 0 23
Wellbeing and
Tackling Poverty 0 3 0 2 0 3 8
Total 44 31 39 25 15 20 174 
Table 2:
Number of questions by Chief Officer service area
Service areas Number of questions
All Chief Officers 1
Chief Executive / Depute Chief Executive 7
Adult Social Work
Adult Social Work 13
Health and Social Care Partnership 3
Chief Executive’s services
Audit and Risk 8
Finance and Technology 23
Legal, Democratic, and Strategy 9
People Resources 5
Strategic Communications 17
Education and Families
Children, Families, Justice, and Integrated Practice 11
Education 5
Enterprise and Communities
Assets and Procurement 10
Community Operations 28
Housing and Communities 6
Place 28
Total 174 
Most agenda items that attracted questions received only a small number, with 67% receiving a single question, 25% receiving two questions, and 8% receiving three
questions. Agenda items attracting the highest number of questions were: 
• Policy and Strategy Committee, cycle 2 2025, City Deal Programme - East Airdrie Link Road update (9 questions).
• Communities Committee, cycle 1 2025, Community Safety Strategy 2025-30 (7 questions).
• Environment and Climate Change Committee, cycle 3 2025, Winter Services Policy and Procedures 2025/26 (5 questions).
Page 142 of 206

Page 143

Appendix 3 
Compliance assessment of the council's Standing Orders against Schedule 7 of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973: Meetings
and Proceedings of Local Authorities. 
Area Requirement as per Schedule 7 of the Local Government (Scotland)
Act  1973: Meetings and Proceedings of Local Authorities
Compliance evaluation as at August 2026 against the council’s Standing
Orders (2024)
Council
meetings
1(1).  A council shall hold in every year such meetings as they
think necessary and in an election year shall hold a meeting
within 21 days from the date of the election.
Compliant. Standing Order 2(a) requires a Statutory Meeting to be held
within 21 days of the election and Standing Order 2(b) provides for a
cycle of Ordinary Meetings. 
Time of
meetings
1(2).  Meetings shall be held at such hours and on such days as
the council at their first meeting decide or by standing order
determine.
Compliant. Standing Order 2 specifies that council meetings shall be
held at 4.00pm on the Thursday of the final week of each cycle and sets
out arrangements for Statutory and Ordinary Meetings. 
Place of
meetings
1(3).  Meetings shall be held at such place, either within or without
their area, as the council may direct.
Compliant. Standing Order 4 provides that meetings shall be held at a
venue determined by the Chief Executive, in consultation with the
Provost where this is not the Council headquarters and all meetings
shall be available in hybrid form (with exceptions noted).
Special
meetings
1(4).  A special meeting may be called at any time by the convener
of the council or on the requisition of at least one-fourth of
the whole number of members of the council, which meeting
shall be held within 14 days of receipt of the requisition by
the proper officer of the council.
Compliant. Standing Order 3 provides for Special Meetings called by the
Provost or on a written requisition signed by at least one quarter of the
whole number of Members, with the meeting to be held within 14 days
of receipt.
Notice of
meetings,
summons to
attend, and
contents of
notice
2(1). Three clear days at least before a meeting of a council - 
(a) notice of the time and place of the intended meeting shall
be published at the council’s offices and, where the
meeting is called by members of the council, the notice
shall be signed by those members and shall specify the
business proposed to be transacted thereat; and 
(b) a summons to attend the meeting, specifying the
business to be transacted thereat and signed by the
proper officer of the council, shall, subject to sub-
paragraph 2(2) below, be left at or sent to the usual place
of residence of every member of the council.
2(2).  If a member of a council gives notice in writing to the proper
officer of the council that he desires summonses to attend
meetings of the council to be sent to him at some address
Compliant and exceeds statutory minimum. Standing Order 6 requires
publication of notices and meeting arrangements at least six clear
working days before meetings at the Civic Centre and on the council
website. 
Compliant. Standing Order 6 requires Members to receive notice,
meeting arrangements and access to meeting papers via their council
email address, with requests to receive a printed copy permissible and
assessed in line with the Equality Act 2020. 
Compliant. Standing Orders 3 and 6 require requests for a special
meeting called to be signed by Members and require the notice to
specify the business proposed to be transacted.
Page 143 of 206

Page 144

Area Requirement as per Schedule 7 of the Local Government (Scotland)
Act  1973: Meetings and Proceedings of Local Authorities
Compliance evaluation as at August 2026 against the council’s Standing
Orders (2024)
specified in the notice other than his place of residence, any
summons addressed to him and left at or sent to that
address shall be deemed sufficient service of the summons.
2(3).  Want of service of a summons on any member of a council
shall not affect the validity of a meeting of the council.
Business to
be conducted
2(4).  Except in the case of business required by or under this or
any other Act to be transacted at a meeting of a council and
any other business brought before that meeting as a matter
of urgency in accordance with the council’s standing orders,
no business shall be transacted at a meeting of the council
other than that specified in the summons relating thereto.
Compliant. Standing Order 15 restricts business to that contained within
the summons, except statutory business or urgent, relevant and
competent matters admitted by the Chair. 
Presiding
officer
3(1).  At a meeting of a council the convener, if present, shall
preside.
3(2).  If the convener is absent from a meeting of the council, the
depute convener shall preside.
3(3).  If the convener and depute convener are absent from a
meeting of the council, another member of the council
chosen by the members present shall preside. 
Compliant. Standing Order 12 mirrors the statutory requirement for the
Provost, Depute Provost or a Member chosen by those present to
preside. 
Quorum 4(1).  Subject to sub-paragraph 4(2) below, no business shall be
transacted at a meeting of a council unless at least one-
fourth of the whole number of members of the council are
present.
4(2).  Where there are at the same time vacancies in the case of
more than one-third of the members of a council, then until
the number of members in office is increased to not less than
two-thirds of the whole number of members of the council,
the quorum of the council shall be determined by reference
to the number of members of the council remaining instead
of by reference to the whole number of members of the
council, so however that the quorum shall never be less than
one-eighth of the whole number of members of the council or
three members, whichever is the greater number.
Compliant. Standing Order 9 requires a quorum of at least one quarter
of the whole number of Members before business can be transacted
and provides procedures where quorum is lost. 
Decision-
making
5(1).  Subject to this or any other Act and to any provisions of
standing orders relating to the suspension of such orders or
Compliant. Standing Order 38 provides that all questions are decided by
a majority of the Members participating and voting. 
Page 144 of 206

Page 145

Area Requirement as per Schedule 7 of the Local Government (Scotland)
Act  1973: Meetings and Proceedings of Local Authorities
Compliance evaluation as at August 2026 against the council’s Standing
Orders (2024)
to the procedure for early removal from office of the
convener or depute convener, all questions coming or arising
before a council shall be decided by a majority of the
members of the council present and voting thereon at a
meeting of the council.
Casting vote 5(2).  In the case of an equality of votes the person presiding at the
meeting shall have a second or casting vote except where
the matter which is the subject of the vote relates to the
appointment of a member of the council to any particular
office or committee, in which case the decision shall be by
lot.
Compliant. Standing Order 40 replicates the statutory provision on
casting votes and decisions by lot for appointments. 
Attendance
records
6.  The names of the members present at a meeting of a council
shall be recorded.
Compliant. Standing Order 10 requires the names of Members
participating in meetings to be recorded as well as apologies.
Minutes 7(1).  Minutes of the proceedings of a meeting of a council shall be
drawn up and shall be signed at the same or next following
meeting of the council by the person presiding thereat, and
any minute purporting to be so signed shall be received in
evidence without further proof.
7(2).  Until the contrary is proved, a meeting of a council of whose
proceedings has been made and signed in accordance with
this paragraph shall be deemed to have been duly convened
and held, and all the members present at the meeting shall
be deemed to have been duly qualified.
Compliant. Standing Order 19 requires minutes to be prepared by the
Chief Officer (Legal and Democratic) and, subject to approval or
correction as the case may be, signed at the same or next suitable
meeting by the person presiding.
Complaint. Standing Orders 20, 21, and 22. Committee minutes are
prepared and circulated by the Chief Officer, approved collectively by
Council unless challenged, with only items marked "C" requiring Council
consideration and decision.
Standing
orders
8.  Subject to the provisions of this Act, a council may make
standing orders for the regulation of their proceedings and
business and may vary or revoke any such orders.
Compliant. Standing Order 57 expressly provides for the amendment,
variation or revocation of Standing Orders by a simple majority of the
Members participating and voting for that purpose subject to an
appropriate Notice of Motion having been given under Standing Order
23.
Vacancies and
qualifications
9.  The proceedings of a council shall not be invalidated by any
vacancy among their number or by any defect in the election
or qualifications of any member thereof.
Partially reflected. No specific Standing Order restates this legislative
provision. The council relies on the statutory provisions of the 1973 Act. 
Committees
and sub-
10(1). Paragraphs 5 to 9 above (except paragraph 7(2)) shall apply
in relation to -
Compliant. Standing Order 64 applies the council’s Standing Orders to
Committees and Sub-Committees, subject to specified variations and
Page 145 of 206

Page 146

Area Requirement as per Schedule 7 of the Local Government (Scotland)
Act  1973: Meetings and Proceedings of Local Authorities
Compliance evaluation as at August 2026 against the council’s Standing
Orders (2024)
Committees (a) a committee (including a joint committee) of a council and
that committee’s members; or
(b) a sub-committee of any such committee of a council and
that sub-committee’s members. 
as those paragraphs apply in relation to a council and that
council’s members.
10(2). Until the contrary is proved, where a minute of any meeting
of any such committee or sub-committee has been made
and signed in accordance with paragraph 7 above as applied
by this paragraph, the committee or sub-committee shall be
deemed to have been duly constituted and to have had
power to deal with the matters referred to in the minute, the
meeting shall be deemed to have been duly convened and
held and the members recorded under paragraph 6 above as
having been present at the meeting shall be deemed to have
been duly qualified.
additional provisions.   
Page 146 of 206

Page 147

Appendix 4 
Democratic Framework development themes and considerations.
Initial considerations identified based on the aims of the council's governance review, future consolidation into a single coherent Democratic Framework, the
compliance assessment, and the wider benchmarking exercise. 
Area Observation Democratic Framework development themes and
considerations
Structure and usability
Standing Orders provide a comprehensive governance
framework but can be difficult to navigate, particularly for
infrequent users.
Review structure, ordering, and presentation to support a more
accessible and user-focused framework.
Plain language and
readability
Some provisions continue to reflect traditional procedural
drafting and may be difficult for non-specialist users to interpret.
Adopt clearer drafting conventions and supporting guidance to
improve accessibility for Members, officers, and the public.
Decision-making
procedures
Procedures relating to motions, amendments, voting, and
procedural matters are contained across a number of
documents.
Rationalise, consolidate, and present decision-making
procedures in a more structured manner to improve clarity,
consistency, and ease of application.
Competency and non-
competent matters
Existing arrangements rely primarily on procedural rules and
established practice.
Develop supporting guidance to provide greater clarity and
consistency regarding competency considerations and the
handling of non-competent matters.
Governance integration
Relevant governance provisions are currently distributed across
Standing Orders, the Scheme of Administration, the Scheme of
Delegation, and related guidance.
Consolidate these arrangements within a coherent Democratic
Framework, supported by appropriate cross-referencing and
clearly defined relationships between constituent elements of the
council's democratic governance arrangements. 
Page 147 of 206

Page 148

EXAMPLE - FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY
EXAMPLE - FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY 
Appendix 5 
Illustrative example demonstrating how protocol content may be presented within the
proposed Democratic Framework. 
Protocol [number]:  Electronic voting and mobile hybrid meeting
system 
The Electronic Voting and Mobile Hybrid Meeting System forms a key component of the council's
democratic governance arrangements and supports accessible, resilient, transparent, and
efficient decision-making across Council and Committee meetings. 
A. Principles
The foundations to support good governance and promote a consistent and effective approach to
implementation and operational practice. 
1. Transparency - Electronic voting and hybrid meeting arrangements should support open
and transparent decision-making, with voting outcomes clearly recorded, reported and
capable of audit and scrutiny. 
2. Accessibility - Arrangements should enable Elected Members to participate effectively in
council business, whether attending meetings in person or remotely, while supporting wider
public access to democratic processes. 
3. Security - Democratic systems should be accessed through approved council technology
and operated in accordance with information governance, cyber security, and ICT
requirements, protecting council information and systems. 
4. Integrity - Meeting attendance, participation and voting arrangements should be capable of
verification and supported by appropriate controls to ensure the accuracy, legitimacy, and
fairness of decision-making processes. 
5. Accountability - All participants must comply with approved governance, procedural and
information security requirements, ensuring decisions are taken in a consistent, lawful, and
responsible manner. 
6. Resilience - Electronic voting and hybrid meeting arrangements should support business
continuity and ensure democratic decision-making can continue effectively across a range
of operating environments and circumstances. 
7. Efficiency - Arrangements should make effective use of technology to improve the
administration of meetings, increase the accuracy of voting processes, and support
efficient decision-making. 
B. Procedural and operational requirements
The formal rules, controls, and mandatory arrangements. 
Electronic voting
• Electronic voting may be used for Council and Committee decision-making.
• The system supports both in-person and remote participation.
• Voting outcomes are automatically recorded, displayed, and retained as an auditable record.
• Electronic voting arrangements must ensure transparency, accuracy, accountability, and the
integrity of decision-making processes. 
Hybrid meeting arrangements
• Council and Committee meetings may be conducted using hybrid meeting arrangements.
• Meetings may be held in council facilities or approved community venues where the required
democratic and technological functionality is available.
• Webcasting arrangements should support transparency and public access to decision-
making, while maintaining appropriate safeguards for exempt and confidential business. 
Member participation requirements
Page 148 of 206

Page 149

EXAMPLE - FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY
EXAMPLE - FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY 
• Members participating remotely should be clearly identifiable throughout formal decision-
making processes.
• During electronic voting, Elected Members attending meetings remotely should keep cameras
switched on during electronic voting processes (except where temporary operational,
connectivity, welfare, or other exceptional circumstances arise).
• Elected Members attending meetings in person should access Microsoft Teams chat
functionality only where required; they should not separately join the live meeting as an online
participant. 
Information governance and security
• Use of the system must comply with the council's Information and Cyber Security Policy,
Acceptable Use of IT Policy, and related security controls.
• Access to electronic voting, hybrid meeting systems, and associated democratic platforms
must be undertaken using council-issued and managed ICT equipment.
• Personal devices must not be used to access council systems (except in the limited
circumstances expressly permitted within the Acceptable Use of IT Policy).
• Personal devices must not be used to photograph, record, or otherwise capture proceedings,
information, or material within the work environment.
• The specific requirements relating to remote access, VPN use, hybrid working arrangements,
and information handling obligations must be adhered to in order to protect council systems,
information assets, and democratic processes. 
Training and support
• Training, guidance, and operational support will be provided to Elected Members and relevant
officers.
• Guidance and operational procedures will be reviewed periodically to reflect system
developments, legislative requirements, and operational learning.
• Ongoing support arrangements will be maintained to ensure effective and consistent use of
the system. 
C. Expected practice
How Members and Officers are expected to conduct themselves when using the arrangements. 
Expected practice Practice not in accordance with the
approved process
Ensuring cameras remain switched on during
electronic voting processes.
Undertaking any action that could
compromise the integrity or transparency of
the voting process.
Ensuring attendance and participation can be
verified throughout the meeting.
Ignoring agreed meeting protocols or
instructions.
Following all operational guidance and
meeting procedures.
Creating duplicate attendance records or
duplicate voting access through multiple
methods of connection.
Using Microsoft Teams chat functionality
appropriately to support meeting participation
and communications.
Joining a live meeting as a remote participant
when physically attending in the Council
Chamber.
Participating in training, familiarisation
sessions, and ongoing support arrangements.
Relying on unapproved workarounds or
unsupported methods of participation.
Supporting transparency by using electronic
voting and hybrid meeting arrangements in
accordance with approved procedures.
Undertaking any action that could undermine
public confidence in democratic decision-
making.
Ensuring exempt and confidential information
is handled appropriately.
Recording, photographing, or capturing
confidential meeting information in an
unauthorised manner.  
Page 149 of 206

Page 150

EXAMPLE - FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY
EXAMPLE - FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY 
D. Version control
The version history of the protocol, supporting accountability, traceability, and effective document
management. 
Date Committee Version
25 June 2026 Council Committee report
Recommendations 1. Acknowledge the successful implementation and operational
deployment of the Electronic Voting and Mobile Hybrid Meeting
System,
2. Acknowledge that training and operational guidance has been offered
to all Elected Members and relevant officers, 
3. Agrees that, where Elected Members attend meetings remotely,
cameras should remain switched on during electronic voting
processes, except in exceptional circumstances, in order to support
verification of attendance, integrity of the electronic voting process,
and public confidence in hybrid democratic governance
arrangements,
4. Agrees that Elected Members physically attending meetings within the
Council Chamber should access Microsoft Teams chat functionality
only and should not join the live meeting itself as a remote participant
in order to avoid duplication of attendance records, participant
confusion and any potential duplication or compromise of electronic
voting capability and meeting governance controls, 
5. Acknowledge that all use of the Electronic Voting and Mobile Hybrid
Meeting System remains subject to compliance with the council’s
Acceptable Use of IT Policy and associated Information Security
procedures approved by the Finance and Resources Committee on
27 May 2026, 
6. Acknowledge that access to the Electronic Voting and Mobile Hybrid
Meeting System, and associated democratic systems, shall be
undertaken using council issued and managed ICT equipment only
and that personal devices, including personal mobile phones, tablets
and laptops, must not be used for meeting participation, remote
attendance, electronic voting or access to associated council systems,
and
7. Agrees that operational guidance and training materials continue to be
reviewed and updated as the system develops and further hybrid
meeting arrangements are implemented.
Decision All recommendations were approved. 
Date Committee Version
1 April 2027 Council Protocol [number]
Recommendations 
Decision 
Page 150 of 206

Page 151

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Policy and Strategy Committee 
Does this report require to be approved? ☒ Yes   ☐ No
Ref    REB Date 17/09/26 
Preparations for the 2027 – 2032 Council Term 
From  Rachel Blair, Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic and Strategy)  
E-mail BlairR@northlan.gov.uk 
Executive Summary
The Local Government Elections will take place on Thursday 6 May 2027, following which
a newly elected Council will take office for the 2027–2032 Council term. 
Preparation for the conclusion of the current Council term and the commencement of the
next requires a co-ordinated programme of activity to ensure continuity of democratic
decision-making, effective governance, operational readiness and appropriate support for
all Elected Members. 
A number of these preparations are already well advanced. In particular, the Council's
review of its Democratic, Committee and Decision-Making Governance Procedures is
progressing in accordance with the programme previously approved by Policy and Strategy
Committee. That work will modernise and consolidate the Council's governance
arrangements through the development of a single Democratic Framework and is
scheduled to conclude in advance of the Local Government Elections. 
This report brings together the principal preparations required for the transition to the 2027–
2032 Council term. These include arrangements for the final cycle of Council and
Committee meetings; appropriate decision-making arrangements during the period
between the final meeting of the current Council and the statutory meeting following the
election; completion and implementation of the Democratic Framework; practical
preparations for the statutory meeting; Elected Member ICT, accommodation and support
arrangements; and a redesigned Member Induction and Development Programme. 
The proposed decision-making arrangements, including the temporary delegation to the
Chief Executive for urgent and necessary matters during the period when the normal
Council and Committee cycle is not operating, reflect the usual business continuity
arrangements put in place in advance of Local Government Elections. They are necessary
to ensure continuity of Council business between the final meeting of the outgoing Council
and the statutory meeting of the newly elected Council. No new or different approach to
delegation is proposed for the 2027 election period. 
It is proposed that the Member Induction and Development Programme moves away from
an intensive programme concentrated into the immediate post-election period and instead
adopts a phased model. Essential practical, governance and statutory requirements will be
prioritised immediately following the election, supported by a structured programme of
learning and development throughout the first year of the Council term.
Item 9
Page 151 of 206

Page 152

1. Background 
1.1 The Local Government Elections will take place on Thursday 6 May 2027. In accordance
with the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973, the statutory meeting of the newly
elected Council requires to take place within 21 days of the election. 
1.2 The period leading up to and immediately following a Local Government Election
requires careful planning to ensure that the Council continues to discharge its statutory
and operational responsibilities while recognising the particular governance
considerations which apply during the pre-election period. 
1.3 Preparations are also required to ensure that the newly elected Council is able to
commence its responsibilities effectively. This extends beyond the arrangements for the
election itself and includes democratic governance, decision-making arrangements, the
statutory meeting, Member induction and development, ICT and digital access,
accommodation and practical support. 
Collectively, these arrangements are intended to provide an orderly conclusion to the
current Council term, maintain effective governance and business continuity throughout
the election period, and ensure that all Elected Members are appropriately equipped,
informed and supported to undertake their responsibilities from the commencement of the
2027–2032 Council term. 
Recommendations
It is recommended that Policy and Strategy Committee: 
(1) Recommend to Council that it approve the revised arrangements for the final cycle
of Council and Committee meetings prior to the Local Government Elections on 6
May 2027, including the rescheduling of the Policy and Strategy Committee and
Council meetings to 11 March 2027; 
(2) Recommend to Council that it approve the decision-making arrangements set out in
this report for the period from the conclusion of the Council meeting on 11 March
2027 until the statutory meeting of the newly elected Council, including delegated
authority to the Chief Executive to determine urgent and necessary matters that
would otherwise require Committee consideration, excluding quasi-judicial matters;
and 
(3) Acknowledge the wider programme of preparations for the 2027–2032 Council term,
including the ongoing review of the Council's Democratic, Committee and Decision-
Making Governance Procedures, preparations for the statutory meeting, Elected
Member ICT, accommodation and support arrangements. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
Programme of Work Statutory / corporate / service requirement
Page 152 of 206

Page 153

1.4 Planning for the 2027–2032 Council term is taking place against the background of a
significant programme of improvement and modernisation of the Council's democratic
governance arrangements. 
1.5 In September 2025, Policy and Strategy Committee approved a phased review of the
Council's Democratic, Committee and Decision-Making Governance Procedures. The
review is intended to consolidate governance processes, strengthen digital capability,
enhance transparency and accountability, and establish a modern and resilient
democratic framework which continues to support effective democratic decision-
making. 
1.6 Phase 1 of that review has been completed and Phases 2, 3 and 4 are being progressed
concurrently. The work includes the modernisation of Standing Orders, the Scheme of
Administration and Scheme of Delegation; consideration of decision-making principles
and supporting guidance; improvements to the accessibility and usability of democratic
processes and documentation; and the consolidation of the Council's principal
democratic governance arrangements within a single Democratic Framework. 
1.7 The governance review is scheduled for completion by December 2026, with the final
Democratic Framework intended to be presented to full Council in cycle 1 of 2027. This
will allow the modernised framework to provide a clear governance foundation for the
next Council term. 
1.8 The Council has also implemented a new Electronic Voting and Mobile Hybrid Meeting
System, providing enhanced arrangements for electronic voting, hybrid participation and
webcasting. These developments, together with the wider governance review, mean
that preparations for 2027 can build upon a substantially modernised democratic
infrastructure. 
1.9 Against that background, this report sets out the wider programme of preparations
required to support the orderly conclusion of the current Council term and effective
commencement of the 2027–2032 Council term. 
2. Report 
Final Council and Committee Cycle 
2.1 The pre-election period is anticipated to commence during March 2027. During this
period, particular care requires to be taken in relation to Council publicity,
communications, decision-making and other activity which could reasonably be
regarded as seeking to influence public opinion or the electoral process. 
2.2 It is therefore appropriate, so far as reasonably practicable, to conclude substantive
Council and Committee business before the commencement of that period. This will
also provide clarity for services in planning matters requiring Member consideration
before the Local Government Elections. 
2.3 The existing timetable provides for a meeting of the Policy and Strategy Committee on
18 March 2027 and a meeting of the Council on 1 April 2027. 
2.4 It is proposed that both meetings are brought forward to Thursday 11 March 2027, with
Policy and Strategy Committee meeting at 10.00am and the Council at 4.00pm. As
approval of the Council meeting timetable is a matter reserved to the Council, Policy
Page 153 of 206

Page 154

and Strategy Committee is invited to recommend these revised arrangements to Council
for approval. 
2.5 This will allow strategic, policy, financial and governance matters requiring consideration
before the election to be determined in advance of the anticipated pre-election period
and provide an orderly conclusion to the substantive business of the current Council. 
2.6 Chief Officers will require to plan their Committee business accordingly and identify
sufficiently in advance any matters which require Member approval before the end of
the current Council term. 
2.7 There may nevertheless be circumstances in which particular business requires to be
considered after 11 March 2027. This is particularly relevant to quasi-judicial and
regulatory functions where statutory timescales, procedural requirements or the
circumstances of an individual case may require a meeting to take place. 
2.8 Accordingly, provision will remain for meetings of relevant quasi-judicial bodies,
including licensing, regulatory, planning, hearings and appeals arrangements, to be
convened where necessary. 
Decision Making and Business Continuity 
2.9 There will be a period between the final scheduled Council meeting of the current term
and the statutory meeting of the newly elected Council during which the normal Council
and Committee cycle will not operate. It is important that appropriate arrangements are
in place to ensure that the Council remains able to discharge its functions, respond to
urgent or unforeseen matters and maintain effective business continuity during this
period. 
2.10 It is therefore proposed that, with the exception of quasi-judicial matters, authority is
delegated to the Chief Executive to determine urgent and necessary matters which
would otherwise require consideration by a Committee of the Council during the period
from the conclusion of the Council meeting on 11 March 2027 until the statutory meeting
following the election. As the conferral of this additional delegation is a matter reserved
to the Council, Policy and Strategy Committee is invited to recommend the proposed
arrangement to Council for approval. 
2.11 Existing officer delegations will continue to operate throughout this period. The
proposed additional delegation to the Chief Executive is intended as a business
continuity arrangement for matters falling outside existing delegations where a decision
cannot reasonably await the establishment of the normal decision-making
arrangements following the election. This reflects the usual arrangements made in
advance of the Local Government Elections and does not represent a new or different
approach to delegation for the 2027 election period. 
2.12 The exercise of any such authority will remain subject to the Council's statutory
responsibilities, financial and legal requirements and appropriate professional advice. A
record will be maintained of any decisions taken under this authority and reported to the
newly elected Council for transparency and noting. 
Democratic Governance Readiness 
2.13 A significant element of the Council's preparation for the 2027–2032 Council term is
already being delivered through the review of Democratic, Committee and Decision-
Making Governance Procedures.
Page 154 of 206

Page 155

2.14 The review has confirmed that the Council's existing democratic governance
arrangements are robust, legally compliant and effective. Benchmarking against local
government practice across Scotland has identified opportunities to modernise
governance documentation, improve accessibility and supporting guidance and
consolidate existing arrangements, rather than identifying fundamental weaknesses in
the Council's governance arrangements. 
2.15 The remaining phases of the review are being progressed concurrently and are focused
on: 
• improving the accessibility, clarity and usability of governance documentation and 
democratic processes; 
• reviewing decision-making principles and developing practical guidance relating to 
motions, amendments, competency and associated procedures; 
• modernising Standing Orders, the Scheme of Administration and Scheme of 
Delegation; 
• strengthening transparency, public participation and understanding of Council 
decision-making; and 
• consolidating the Council's principal democratic governance arrangements within a 
single Democratic Framework. 
2.16 The review is scheduled for completion by December 2026, enabling the final
Democratic Framework to be considered by full Council in cycle 1 of 2027. Completion
of this work in advance of the Local Government Elections will ensure that the next
Council term is supported by a modern, coherent and accessible governance framework
and will provide the basis for the governance elements of the Member Induction and
Development Programme. 
Statutory Meeting and Establishment of Council Arrangements 
2.17 The first statutory meeting following the Local Government Elections must take place
within 21 days of polling day. The statutory meeting represents an important point in
establishing the governance arrangements for the new Council term. Preparatory work
will therefore be undertaken in advance to ensure that all necessary procedural,
administrative and governance arrangements are in place. 
2.18 This will include preparation for those matters which require to be determined by the
newly elected Council, together with the establishment of the Council's committee and
decision-making arrangements, appointments and other governance matters necessary
to support the commencement of formal Council business. 
2.19 Detailed procedural guidance and support will be available to Elected Members and
political groups in advance of the statutory meeting to assist them in understanding the
relevant processes and requirements. 
Page 155 of 206

Page 156

Elected Member Induction and Development 
2.20 The period immediately following a Local Government Election involves a substantial
programme of activity for both newly elected and returning Members. Historically,
Member induction has involved an intensive programme delivered principally during the
period between polling day and the statutory meeting. Experience from previous
programmes has demonstrated that concentrating a significant volume of information
into a relatively short period is not necessarily the most effective approach to Member
learning and development. 
2.21 Attendance can reduce as intensive induction programmes progress and there is a risk
that Members are required to absorb detailed information before they have sufficient
practical experience of the role to place that information in context. 
2.22 For 2027, a phased approach will therefore be adopted which distinguishes between
the information and training Members require immediately to undertake their
responsibilities and the wider knowledge and development which can more effectively
be delivered as Members gain experience in office. The objective is that all Elected
Members are appropriately equipped, informed and Council-ready for the statutory
meeting, while recognising that effective Member development is a continuous process
extending throughout the Council term. 
2.23 The programme will therefore be structured around four broad phases: 
2.23.1 Phase 1 – Essential Readiness: 10–20 May 2027 
2.23.2 This phase will concentrate on the practical, statutory and governance
requirements necessary to enable Members to undertake their responsibilities
immediately. It is expected to include: 
• Member Welcome Event;
• ICT equipment and account activation;
• Microsoft 365 and Council systems;
• Information governance and cyber security;
• CMIS and access to Council and Committee papers;
• Electronic voting and hybrid meeting arrangements;
• Office, accommodation and Member support arrangements;
• Role and responsibilities of an Elected Member;
• Councillors' Code of Conduct and ethical standards;
• Council governance and decision-making arrangements;
• Remuneration and administrative arrangements; and
• Preparation for the statutory Council meeting. 
2.23.3 Phase 2 – Core Member Development: May–July 2027 
2.23.4 Following establishment of the Council's committee arrangements, 
development will become more role-specific and include areas such as: 
• Committee procedures and effective scrutiny;
• Council finance and budget arrangements;
• Governance and risk;
• Casework and community engagement;
• Equality and related statutory responsibilities; and
Page 156 of 206

Page 157

• Mandatory and specialist training associated with particular committee
or other appointments, including Planning and Licensing. 
2.23.5 Phase 3 – Advanced Member Development: August–October 2027 
2.23.6 The programme will then move towards broader development, including
strategic planning, policy development, partnership working, audit and risk,
leadership, chairing skills and communications. 
2.23.7 Phase 4 – Continuous Development: November 2027 onwards 
2.23.8 Thereafter, the programme will provide continuing development, legislative and
policy updates, refresher training, thematic workshops and opportunities for peer
learning throughout the Council term. 
2.24 This approach is consistent with the principle that Member development should respond
to the responsibilities Members actually undertake and should continue beyond their
initial induction into office. Returning Members will also be supported through the
programme. While their existing knowledge and experience will be recognised, the
programme will provide an important opportunity to familiarise all Members with
changes to governance arrangements, technology, policies and procedures introduced
since the previous Local Government Elections. 
Welcome and Initial Support 
2.25 It is proposed that a Member Welcome Event is held at Ravenscraig Regional Sports
Facility on Monday 10 May 2027, hosted by the Chief Executive. 
2.26 Rather than relying principally on a series of presentations, the event will provide an
accessible introduction to the Council, its Corporate Management Team, services and
support arrangements. A marketplace-style approach will allow Members to meet senior
officers and representatives from key services, understand the support available to them
and establish important contacts at an early stage. 
2.27 An ICT Support Hub will operate alongside the event to support the deployment and
configuration of Council-issued equipment, activation of accounts and access to
relevant systems. The remainder of the period before the statutory meeting will combine
practical system familiarisation with the essential governance and statutory training
required to enable Members to participate effectively in formal Council business. 
Member Support and Ward Buddying 
2.28 Formal training is only one element of effective Member support. Newly elected
Members in particular will require practical assistance in understanding Council
structures, identifying appropriate service contacts and navigating established
processes during their first months in office. It is therefore proposed to introduce a Ward
Buddying Programme as part of the wider induction and development arrangements. 
2.29 The programme would draw upon volunteer officers from across the Council and
provide each ward with an identified point of contact able to offer practical guidance and
signposting during the initial transition into office. 
2.30 The role would not replace existing Member Services arrangements, established
service contacts or formal routes for Member enquiries. Its purpose would be to
complement those arrangements by providing an accessible point of support,
Page 157 of 206

Page 158

particularly for Members with limited previous experience of the Council. Detailed
arrangements, including the role, boundaries, training and support for participating
officers, will be developed as part of the implementation programme. 
ICT, Accommodation and Operational Readiness 
2.31 Alongside governance and training, a range of practical arrangements requires to be
completed to ensure Elected Members are able to undertake their duties effectively from
the outset. Arrangements will be developed for the return, retention and secure
management of Council-issued ICT equipment at the end of the current term and for
the deployment of equipment to Members elected on 6 May 2027. 
2.32 The objective will be to provide newly elected Members with their equipment and access
to core Council systems as early as practicable during the week commencing 10 May
2027, supported by dedicated ICT assistance. 
2.33 The Council will also review office and accommodation requirements to ensure
appropriate facilities are available for Elected Members and political groups following
the election. This will include consideration of workspace, confidential meeting facilities,
administrative support and access to appropriate technology. 
2.34 Operational planning will also address Member records, security and building access,
remuneration and payroll arrangements, information governance requirements,
communications and other practical matters necessary to support the effective
commencement of the Council term. 
2.35 These activities will be co-ordinated across Legal, Democratic and Strategy, Finance
and Technology, People Resources, Strategic Communications and other relevant
services to provide a coherent Member experience and minimise duplication. 
Programme Management and Next Steps 
2.36 Preparations for a new Council term involve a number of interdependent workstreams
and require co-ordination across Council services. A detailed implementation plan will
therefore be maintained setting out the principal activities, responsible services,
dependencies and key milestones through to the statutory meeting and subsequent
Member development programme. 
2.37 Particular emphasis will be placed on ensuring that the outputs from the Democratic,
Committee and Decision-Making Governance Review are reflected in the induction
programme, Member guidance and supporting materials so that governance
arrangements are communicated consistently. 
2.38 The Chief Executive, supported by the Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic and Strategy)
and relevant Chief Officers, will oversee delivery of the preparations and ensure that
any material issues or risks arising during implementation are addressed. 
Conclusion 
2.39 The Local Government Elections on 6 May 2027 represent an important milestone in
the Council's democratic cycle and require a planned and co-ordinated approach to the
conclusion of the current Council term and commencement of the 2027–2032 Council
term. 
Page 158 of 206

Page 159

2.40 The Council enters this period from a strong governance position. Significant
improvements to democratic processes and technology have already been
implemented, and the comprehensive review of Democratic, Committee and Decision-
Making Governance Procedures is well advanced. 
2.41 Alongside those governance arrangements, the proposed approach places greater
emphasis on the overall readiness and continuing development of Elected Members.
The phased Member Induction and Development Programme will prioritise the practical
and governance requirements Members need immediately while providing a more
structured and sustainable approach to development throughout their first year in office. 
2.42 Taken together, the governance, operational, digital and Member support arrangements
set out in this report provide a comprehensive framework for readiness for the 2027–
2032 Council term and will support effective, transparent and resilient democratic
decision-making from its commencement. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1 The preparations will be considered successful where: 
• effective governance and business continuity are maintained throughout the 
election period; 
• the statutory meeting and transition to the 2027–2032 Council term are successfully 
delivered; 
• elected Members are equipped, informed and supported to undertake their 
responsibilities effectively; and 
• appropriate governance, induction and ongoing development arrangements are in 
place for the new Council term. 
4. Supporting documentation 
None. 
Rachel Blair
Chief Officer (Legal, Democratic and Strategy) 
Page 159 of 206

Page 160

5. Impacts
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
The report includes statutory and governance considerations associated with the
Local Government Elections and the transition to the 2027–2032 Council term. This
includes the requirement under the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973 for the
statutory meeting of the newly elected Council to be held within 21 days of the
election, together with arrangements to maintain lawful and effective decision-
making and business continuity during the election period. 
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
data subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
Page 160 of 206

Page 161

5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
Preparations include arrangements for the provision and configuration of Council-
issued ICT equipment, access to Council systems and familiarisation with the
Council's electronic voting and mobile hybrid meeting arrangements. These
activities will be delivered through existing Council technology and support
arrangements. 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has
an assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
Appropriate communications will be required to support the conclusion of the current
Council term, the Local Government Elections and the commencement of the 2027–
2032 Council term, including communications with Elected Members, officers and
other relevant stakeholders. 
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed?
There is a risk that appropriate governance, decision-making and operational
arrangements are not in place for the period leading up to and immediately following
the Local Government Elections. Advance planning, appropriate delegations, co-
ordination across services and the Member Induction and Development Programme
will mitigate these risks and support continuity of Council business. The
arrangements also support management of the Corporate Risk relating to
Governance, Leadership and Decision Making. 
Page 161 of 206

Page 162

5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services.
5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
Page 162 of 206

Page 163

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Policy and Strategy Committee 
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No
Ref     PH/SD/UKSPF Date 17/09/26 
UK Shared Prosperity Fund 2025/26 
From  Pamela Humpries, Chief Officer (Place)  
E-mail Humphriesp@northlan.gov.uk 
Executive Summary 
North Lanarkshire received a total of £19,905,210 from the UK Shared Prosperity Fund
(UKSPF) for the period April 2022 to March 2026. With the end of the UKSPF programme
scheduled for 31 March 2026 and a move away from revenue funding in the new Local
Growth Fund, the UK Government extended UKSPF for a further 6-month period up to 30
September 2026. This intended to allow lead authorities greater flexibility and time to
transition to alternative delivery arrangements and to maximise use of the funds, although
no additional funding was provided for the extension period. 
Following the report presented in March 2026, this Committee requested a further update
on the extension period (June - September 2026) and in particular the impact on staffing
following the reduction in revenue funding available through the Local Growth Fund. This
report therefore presents the financial position of the programme as at the end of July 2026
and provides an update on the transition to the Local Growth Fund. The outputs and
outcomes achieved up to the end of March 2026 is also provided in section 3 of the report. 
Recommendations
It is recommended that Policy and Strategy Committee:  
1. Acknowledges progress in delivery of the Shared Prosperity Fund Investment
Plan for 2025/26
2. Acknowledges that a final report on the UKSPF programme will be reported to a
future Committee as part of an annual update on the Local Growth Fund for
2026/27.  
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  Improve North Lanarkshire's resource base
Ambition statement (21) Continue to identify and access opportunities to leverage
additional resources to support our ambitions
Programme of Work All Programmes of Work
Item 10
Page 163 of 206

Page 164

1. Background 
1.1 The UK Shared Prosperity Fund (UKSPF) initially provided £2.6bn of funding across
the UK for local investment up to 31 March 2025. The North Lanarkshire allocation of
UKSPF for this period was £13,871,047, providing a mix of capital and revenue funding
for projects across the UKSPF’s three investment priorities: Communities and Place;
Support for Local Businesses and People and Skills, including a ringfenced allocation
for Multiply. The UK Government subsequently confirmed that UKSPF would continue
for a fourth year with a budget of £900m. The UKSPF allocation for North Lanarkshire
for 2025/26 is £6,034,163, giving a total of £19,905,210. 
1.2 With the end of the UKSPF programme scheduled for 31 March 2026 and a move away
from revenue funding in the new Local Growth Fund, the UK Government extended
UKSPF for a 6-month period up to 30 September 2026. This intended to allow lead
authorities greater flexibility and time to transition to alternative delivery arrangements
and to maximise use of the funds, although no additional funding was provided for the
extension period. 
1.3 Annual reports presented to this Committee during the programme delivery period have
provided updates in relation to Investment Plan for the UKSPF. Following the report
presented in March 2026, Committee requested a further update on the extension
period (June - September 2026) and in particular the impact on staffing following the
reduction in revenue funding available through the Local Growth Fund. 
2. Report 
2.1 As was presented to Committee in June 2025, the original 3-year UKPSF programme
achieved full spend and a range of outcomes supporting local communities, businesses
and employability and skills programmes. Many of these activities continued into
2025/26 and the programme is on track to reach full spend and achieve outcome
targets by the close of the programme in September 2026. 
Financial performance 
2.2 The allocation of UKSPF for 2025/26 was approved at Enterprise and Fair Work
Committee on 14th February 2025. The approved distribution across the investment
themes is set out in the table below with further detail on the projects under each of the
priority themes and sub-themes provided in Appendix 1, including the allocation of 4%
of the programme to meet management and administration costs.  The table below also
notes the reported spend up to the end of July 2026 and the balance of funds remaining
to be spent by 30 September 2026.  
 
 
Priority    2025/26
Allocation
Spend to
July 2026
UKSPF
remaining
Capital (Communities & Place) £1,408,698  £701,350 £707,348
Communities and Place (rev) £485,000  £432,550 £52,450
Local Business Support    £1,012,262  £835,040 £177,222
People and Skills    £2,886,837  £2,870,170 £16,667
Management and Administration    £241,366  £241,366 0
Total  £6,034,163 £5,080,476 £953,687 
 
  
Page 164 of 206

Page 165

2.3 From the table above it can be noted that the spend reported at the end of July
represents 84% of the UKSPF allocation for North Lanarkshire and that the programme
is on track to reach full spend by the 30 September. The UKSPF programme is
overseen by a Board of Chief Officers and chaired by the Chief Officer (Place). The
Board meet bi-monthly to monitor progress and to agree any mitigating actions if
projects are not progressing as planned. 
Transition from UKSPF to Local Growth Fund 
2.4 At its meeting in March 2026, Committee considered the impact of UKSPF coming to
an end and the Local Growth Fund commencing from April 2026. Although not a
replacement for UKSPF, the Local Growth Fund can support similar revenue activities.
However, the revenue funding available is much less that previously allocated under
the UKSPF and is only available for 2026/27 as it will move to a regional approach from
April 2027. 
2.5 It was noted that the reduction in funding would have an impact on service delivery
across a range of activities and on the staffing that has been funded through UKSPF.
Contingency funding was identified to enable temporary contracts to be extended for
an initial 3-month period up to the end of June 2026, and an update on the staffing
position was requested as part of this report. 
2.6 For those staff on temporary contracts funded through UKSPF proposals to extend
contracts for the period April to June 2026 were approved at the Workforce Change
Steering Group on 15th May 2026. The extension related to 18 posts (13.2 FTE) across
a number of council Services. All staff whose contracts were extended have either
returned to substantive posts or have been successful in securing alternative posts. 
2.7 The reduction in funding also impacted on the staffing position at Routes to Work.
Routes to Work were given early indication of the reduction in funding to allow them to
manage the impact on staff over a period of time and take into account a subsequent
allocation of funding from the Local Growth Fund. However, there were still a small
number of voluntary redundancies and temporary contracts that were not renewed. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1 The suite of UKSPF outputs and outcomes to be reported for 2025/26 was reduced by
the UK Government to ensure that the reporting requirements were ‘lighter touch’. This
resulted in North Lanarkshire identifying and reporting on 16 outputs and 11 outcomes
with multiple projects reporting into each of these. Appendix 2 sets out the progress
made in relation to each of these up to the end of March and the following highlights
some of these achievements: 
• 66 potential entrepreneurs have been assisted to be enterprise ready (against a
target of 50)
• 327 economically inactive people have engaged with keyworker support services
(against a target of 100)
• 326 people have been supported to access basic skills courses (against a target
of 275)
• 29 enterprises to date have adopted new or improved products following support
(against a target of 30)
• 752 people are in employment, including self-employment following support
(against a target of 463)
Page 165 of 206

Page 166

• 141 adults achieved a maths qualification up to and including level 2 equivalent
(against a target of 150) 
3.2 It should be noted that outputs and outcomes will be updated at the end of September
for those activities continuing into 2026/27. The final position will be presented to a
future Committee meeting in 2027 along with an update on the delivery of the Local
Growth Fund. 
4. Supporting documentation 
Appendix 1 - Shared Prosperity Fund Projects 2025/26
Appendix 2 - 2025/26 Outputs and Outcomes Achieved 
Pamela Humphries
Chief Officer (Place)  
Page 166 of 206

Page 167

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☒ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
This report details the impact of the UK Government’s Shared Prosperity Fund
coming to an end. The 6-month extension to the programme allowed arrangements
to be put in place to manage the reduction in service delivery and staffing resulting
from the reduction in funding. Where possible activities will be continued in 2026/27
through funding from the Local Growth Fund. 
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
The reduction in funding and close of the UKSPF programme has impacted on a
number of staff positions that were funded. This report provides an update on the
extension of temporary contracts to allow a managed approach to the changes. 
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Page 167 of 206

Page 168

5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
data subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has
an assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
A project risk register is in place for the UK Shared Prosperity Fund and has been
reviewed by the UKSPF Chief Officers Board on a 6 monthly basis throughout the
programme delivery period. The Board have identified mitigating actions to manage
risks as required.
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services. 
Page 168 of 206

Page 169

5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
Page 169 of 206

Page 170

Appendix 1 
 
  
SHARED PROSERITY FUND 2025/26   
 
  
Communities and Place   
Thriving Places – development of visitor economy   
Visitor Campaigns – Visit Lanarkshire    40,000
Healthy, Safe and Inclusive Communities – improve health and wellbeing   
Watersports Centre, Strathclyde Country Park (capital)   1,408,699
Impactful Volunteering – Volunteer NL    85,000
Healthy, Safe and Inclusive Communities – brining communities together   
Investment in Capacity Building – Community Empowerment NL    360,000
 
  
 
  
Local Business Support   
Advice and Support to Businesses   
SME Development Grants and Support – Small Business Grants    75,000
SME Development Grants and Support – Business Growth Grants    572,260
SME Development Grants and Support - Smart Hub Lanarkshire    50,000
Expert Help    175,000
Enterprise Culture and Start up Support   
Strengthening Entrepreneurial support – BAME Entrepreneurs    50,000
Strengthening Entrepreneurial support – Female Entrepreneurs    50,000
Social Enterprise Support    40,000
 
  
 
  
People and Skills   
Supporting people to progress towards and into employment   
North Lanarkshire’s Working    1,568,837
Support for young people who are or at risk of being NEET   
Vocational training support for vulnerable leaving school    250,000
Employment Related Skills   
NL Built Environment Academy    230,000
Essential Skills (including numeracy, literacy, ESOL and digital)   
NL Digital Skills Academy    224,000
Multiply - Sum it Up    496,000
Multiply - Managing Your Money    118,000
 
  
 
  
Management and Administration (4%)    241,367
 
  
 
  
TOTAL 6,034,163
 
      
Page 170 of 206

Page 171

Appendix 2 
2025/26 Target Outputs 
Output Target Achieved
March 26
OP5: Number of amenities/facilities created or improved  1 0
OP9: Number of enterprises receiving grants  80 51
OP10: Number of enterprises receiving non-financial support  230 233
OP11: Number of potential entrepreneurs assisted to be
enterprise ready 
50 66
OP12: Number of local events or activities supported  45 42
OP14: Number of economically inactive people engaging with
keyworker support services
100 327
OP15: Number of people participating in adult numeracy provision  760 707
OP16: Number of adults participating in maths qualifications and
courses up to, and including, Level 2 equivalent
150 133
OP17: Number of people reached through visitor campaigns.  12,798 40,231*
OP18: Number of people receiving support to gain employment  463 507
OP19: Number of people receiving support to sustain employment  365 674
OP21: Number of people supported to access basic skills courses  275 326
OP22: Number of people supported to participate in education  675 517
OP25: Number of organisations receiving grants  80 105
OP26: Number of organisations receiving non-financial support  47 46
OP27: Number of volunteering opportunities supported  60 90
* the number of people reached primarily relates to the Visitor Campaigns: Visit Lanarkshire project and the
funding of spring and autumn campaigns. The engagement figure highlighted does not relate to unique
people reached. It is expected that there is duplication across each campaign. 
Page 171 of 206

Page 172

2025/26 Target Outcomes 
Outcome Target Achieved
March 26
OC10: Number of new enterprises created as a result of support  40 9
OC11: Number of enterprises adopting new or improved products
or services 
30 29
OC12: Number of enterprises adopting new to the firm
technologies or processes 
51 48
OC16: Number of organisations engaged in knowledge transfer
activity following support
6 0
OC20: Number of people in employment, including self-
employment, following support
463 752
OC21: Number of people sustaining employment for 6 months  160 406
OC23: Number of people with basic skills following support  675 1,068
OC24: People gaining a qualification or completing a course
following support 
918 1,096
OC25: Number of adults achieving maths qualifications up to, and
including, Level 2 equivalent
150 141
OC26: Number of people reporting increased employability
through development of interpersonal skills funded by UKSPF
435 73
OC29: Number of volunteering opportunities created as a result of
support 
60 90 
Page 172 of 206

Page 173

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Policy and Strategy Committee 
Does this report require to be approved? ☒ Yes   ☐ No
Ref     PH Date 17/09/26 
Ravenscraig Primary School Site 
From  Pamela Humphries, Chief Officer (Place)  
E-mail humphriesp@northlan.gov.uk 
Executive Summary 
In March 2026 the Committee approved a report providing an update on primary school
provision in Ravenscraig and proposals for undertaking further feasibility work on the site
south of the community park (TC 4&5 on attached plan) to potentially accommodate
dedicated ASN provision as well as future primary school provision and other community/
cultural facilities.  This feasibility work is still ongoing, but the purpose of this report is to
seek Committee approval to amend the current Ravenscraig Masterplan Section 75 legal
agreement to substitute the site identified within the masterplan for new primary school
provision for a suitable alternative site.  This would enable the primary school site identified
in the masterplan (SC1 on attached plan) to be developed for housing within the next 2-3
years, including a proportion for social rent, subject to securing necessary planning
consent.   
Recommendations
It is recommended that the Committee
(1) Agree in principle to the proposed amendment of the Section 75 Agreement
associated with the Ravenscraig masterplan planning approval to substitute the
current allocated school site for a suitable alternative site, to enable the current
site to be released for housing development.
(2) Acknowledge that the location of any new primary school provision on an
alternative site would be subject to a statutory consultation by the Education
authority at the appropriate time.  
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  Improve economic opportunities and outcomes
Ambition statement (1) Ensure a housing mix that supports social inclusion and
economic growth
Programme of Work Transforming Places
Item 11
Page 173 of 206

Page 174

1. Background 
1.1  The revised Ravenscraig Masterplan was approved in 2019 and included a site (SC1
on attached plan) for new primary school provision. An associated Section 75
Agreement was subsequently agreed in 2020 which included, amongst other things,
the requirement for Ravenscraig Ltd to transfer a remediated and serviced site to the
council for the purposes of the construction of new primary school provision.   
1.2  The statutory consultation on the revised Ravenscraig catchment area(s) and location
of the joint campus primary schools was carried out in 2020 and reported to
Education & Families Committee in May 2021.
1.3 The identified school site has already been platformed as part of the original
remediation carried out on parts of the Ravenscraig site.  At the point of the revised
masterplan being approved in 2019 the remaining development sites had not been
fully remediated and no public funding was available to support the cost of the
remediation works.   This has made progress with the regeneration of Ravenscraig in
accordance with the approved masterplan extremely challenging due to the cost of
remediation and associated infrastructure.   As a result, the pace and scale of new
housing development, up to 4,500 homes in total, has not been delivered as originally
anticipated within the masterplan. Consequently, the predicted timescale for the
requirement for new primary school provision has had to be reviewed.
1.4  The position regarding the requirement for new primary school provision was
addressed in the report to Policy & Strategy Committee in March 2026. It was
acknowledged that there was not a current need for new primary school provision and
existing schools in the surrounding area had capacity to accommodate additional
pupils.  It was agreed that the position would continue to be monitored based on annual
updated housing projections.   
1.5 The Policy & Strategy Committee also agreed that the site south of the community park, 
(TC4 & 5 on the attached plan) should be considered for a new Additional Support
Needs (ASN) facility, primary school provision and possible cultural offering, and
feasibility work is currently ongoing to establish options and costs.  Proposals for the
remediation and future development of this site would be subject to funding being
secured within the next 7-year capital programme which is due to be reported to
Committee in December 2026. 
1.6 The March 2026 Policy & Strategy Committee also noted that, depending on the
outcome of the feasibility on the TC4&5 site, the current school site (SC1) could
potentially be developed for housing by Ravenscraig Ltd, subject to satisfactory
negotiation on the transfer of the TC 4&5 site.  The report stated that a further report to
Committee will be provided regarding the outcome of the feasibility work and what the
proposals would be for development across the two sites. 
1.7 In December 2025 Ravenscraig Ltd received planning permission to undertake
remediation works over a period of up to 14 years, across a large part of the
Ravenscraig site and this work is due to commence soon, once all pre commencement
planning conditions have been discharged.  It is currently projected by Ravenscraig Ltd,
that the remediation of the next proposed development site (TC1-3) will be completed
in 2030 to enable housing development to commence on a phased basis thereafter.   
Page 174 of 206

Page 175

2. Report 
2.1 In order to progress housing development within the Ravenscraig site before 2030,
Ravenscraig Ltd. are keen to progress housing development on the SC1 site to deliver
around 90 units, a proportion of which could be acquired by the council on an ‘off the
shelf’ basis. 
2.2 Given that there is currently no requirement for new primary school provision, the
development of the SC1 site for housing would help support the regeneration of the
Ravenscraig site, create much needed new housing supply and generate additional
council tax revenue. 
2.3 However, in order to ensure that a suitable, remediated and serviced site would be
available to the council when a new school is required, and if it is not possible for
whatever reason to deliver the school on the LUF site, Ravenscraig Ltd. have agreed
in principle to provide an alternative site at a suitable location, potentially area P1 on
attached plan.  It is therefore proposed to enter into discussion with Ravenscraig Ltd to
agree an amendment to the Section 75 legal agreement to facilitate the proposed
substitution of sites on the same terms, ie remediated and serviced. 
2.4 There will be a requirement for a statutory education consultation process to take place
on any proposed re-location of the primary school site at the appropriate time. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1  The release of a remediated site (SC1) for new housing development will support the
regeneration of the Ravenscraig site, support the local economy and generate
increased council tax revenue. 
3.2 Ensure that a suitable alternative site is available for new primary school provision
when it is required in the future.   
4. Supporting documentation 
Appendix 1 – Ravenscraig site plan 
Pamela Humphries
Chief Officer (Place) 
Page 175 of 206

Page 176

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
Preliminary discussions have taken place with Legal regarding the principle of
amending the Section 75.
The future location of the primary school would be subject to statutory consultation
by the Education authority at the appropriate time. 
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
data subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐  
Page 176 of 206

Page 177

5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has
an assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
The location of the primary school will be subject to future statutory consultation by
the Education authority. 
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services. 
Page 177 of 206

Page 178

5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
Statutory consultation on the alternative site would be required at the appropriate
time. 
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
Page 178 of 206

Page 179

H
:.. ' ''/
i,.
t
?,
¡!
:Y
ip
(Þ
¡E
_- i¡: !
;ri: r¡i å
:lì.::+ ë
,.. o.=Ø
oo
o
..../i/
'io.=Ø
.i
I
t,
I
,-/
.ì,
zotr
ÉoI
z
I
!¡
a*--
C)
U)
g¡;¡
ì- ji "
r-rgD ì\,
!
ù5
f:!
¡i
¡l!
t:
6
:7 al
È
Page 179 of 206

Page 180

Page 180 of 206

Page 181

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Policy and Strategy Committee 
Does this report require to be approved? ☒ Yes   ☐ No
Ref     LR/HL Date 17/09/26 
North Lanarkshire Half Marathon 
From  Lyall Rennie, Chief Officer (Community Operations)  
E-mail liddleh@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 07973 726496 
Executive Summary 
At Policy and Strategy Committee on 4 December 2025, approval was given to hold a half
marathon event in the Motherwell area on 23 August 2026.  This followed the initial half
marathon held in August 2025.  This report provides an update on the impact of the event;
lessons learned and sets out a proposal to establish the half marathon as an annual event
in North Lanarkshire Council’s successful running programme. 
Recommendations
It is recommended that the Policy and Strategy Committee: 
(1) Approves the proposal for an annual half marathon event to be held in North
Lanarkshire. 
(2) Otherwise, note the contents of the report. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  Improve the health and wellbeing of our communities
Ambition statement (15) Encourage the health and wellbeing of people through a
range of social, cultural, and leisure activities
Programme of Work All Programmes of Work
Item 12
Page 181 of 206

Page 182

1. Background 
1.1 Following approval for delivery of a half-marathon within North Lanarkshire during
2025, a team of stakeholders led by Active and Creative Communities came together
to begin planning the event. Participating in the working group were: 
• Active and Creative Communities
• Roads and Assets Service
• Built Environment
• Corporate Communications
• Talent and Organisational Development
• Health and Social Care Partnership (North Lanarkshire)
• Hochtief (and sub-contractors Sign Safe)
• Police Scotland
• Scottish Ambulance Service
• Scottish Fire and Rescue 
1.2 Additional support was also provided by St. Andrews’ First Aid, G4S security, Active 
Schools School Leaders and a number of volunteers working with the Volunteer NL 
programme. 
1.3  While the 2025 event was recognised as an overall success for the council, it was 
accepted that costs had far exceed initial projections and a number of lessons were 
learned around the need for early communication with affected communities and 
potential areas for savings around security costs and costs paid to third parties 
including Police Scotland.  These lessons have been addressed in 2026. 
2. Report 
2.1 At the meeting of Policy and Strategy in December 2025, and based on consideration
of opportunities for additional saving, an event budget of £58,345.08 was approved. 
Total budget allocation for the 2026 event provides confirmation that the council’s
contribution towards the event was £58,345. 
2.2 Members may be aware that the council has benefited from Summer of Sport funding
from the Scottish Government during 2026, and with the support of sportscotland, some
funding has been used to support additional family activities at Ravenscraig and
support to local community groups. 
2.3  Supporting the 2025 event, we were fortunate to receive £5000 sponsorship from Albert
Bartlett.  Albert Bartlett were keen to return and increased sponsorship to £8000, with
additional focus on the event provided by their marketing and social media team.  We
had hoped to attract overall sponsorship of £15,000 for the 2026 event and while we
managed to secure an additional £3000 from Specsavers, fell short of the £15,000
target.  This is an area where we hope for improved results next year and have started
discussions with social value colleagues around potential community benefits as well
as engaging with our Business Support team.  In addition to Albert Bartlett and
Specsavers, we did secure a deal with Run4it (an independent running shop) to offer
a 20% discount to all entrants who wished to make a purchase.  
Page 182 of 206

Page 183

2.4 Members will recall that one of the key lessons learned last year was the need to ensure
that we communicated with all affected stakeholders as early as possible.  This year,
we developed a website which allowed residents to search using their postcode to show
where road closures would be in place and for how long.  We also held two open
sessions in Motherwell Library and Ravenscraig RSF to allow anyone interested to
come along and ask questions.  Overall, this approach, combined with letters to
residents, businesses and places of worship led to an 80% reduction in
complaints/enquiries. 
2.5 Road closure costs were unfortunately higher than anticipated, increasing by 12% on
last year despite using the same route and reducing the number of road closure signs
and the length of time signs were displayed.  This put significant pressure on the
budget, but the team remained committed to ensuring that the council contribution was
not exceeded. 
2.6 Participation in the overall event increased by 16.3% on last year, with the most
significant growth seen across the family and junior events, demonstrating the success
of efforts to broaden participation opportunities and increase community engagement. 
While the biggest proportion of runners are local to North Lanarkshire, participants are
also recorded from Fort William, Oban, Windsor, Poole, North Yorkshire, London and
Kendall. 
Table One – Participation Numbers  
Event 2025 2026 Change % Change
Half Marathon 830 842 +12 +1.4%
5K 146 186 +40 +27.4%
1K Fun Run 10 89 +79 +790.0%
400m 30 32 +2 +6.7%
Toddler Dash 32 55 +23 +71.9%
Race Ready 0 15 +15 New
Programme for
2026
Total Entries 1,048 1,219 +171 +16.3% 
2.7 With support of Summer of Sport funding, we were able to offer 100 free spaces to the
Well Foundation.  Members will be aware that the Well Foundation is a local
organisation that provides access to sport and activities for children within the BME
community.  A Free Family Zone comprising of live stage and performance acts
throughout race event, together with vendors, stalls and picnic areas was provided for
members of the public to sit and enjoy festivities. Along with this, face painting,
inflatables and sports sessions were made available for children and young people. 
The family fun zone is the third family event offered free of charge to local families
during 2026, with the earlier World Cup Warm Up and End of Summer Party proving
very successful.  
Page 183 of 206

Page 184

2.8 Race ambassadors for 2026 were Ricky Burns, North Lanarkshire born boxer and Dr
Julie McElroy, disability rights campaigner and the first female frame runner to complete
the London marathon – with Julie confirming she achieved her personal best time in
North Lanarkshire.  Our charity partners were the Well Foundation and Beatson West
of Scotland Cancer Care Centre. 
2.9 As with the event in 2025, runners were supported by community members throughout
the route.  Social media comments following the event were hugely positive with direct
contact coming from many local athletics and sporting organisations.  In addition to our
support to charity, many participants used the half marathon to raise money for local
causes.
2.10 With the success of the half marathon, it is proposed that the council agrees to establish
this as an annual event, with the council contribution remaining at £58,345.  Over the
last two years, this has delivered a positive, community focused occasion, enjoyed by
both runners and families across North Lanarkshire.  Individual runners have raised
money for many local charities including Wishaw General Neo-Natal unit, with council
sponsorship of St Andrew’s Hospice in 2025 and both the Well Foundation and Beatson
Cancer Care Centre in 2026.  The council contribution was kept to the agreed budget
in 2026 but we do recognise that we were fortunate enough to have access to Summer
of Sport funding which allowed us to deal with increased costs – this will not be available
beyond March 2027.  In planning for next year, we hope to further increase sponsorship
opportunities and will work with colleagues to maximise social value and community
benefits from council agreed contractors.  Having reviewed the format of other half
marathon events in Scotland, we would intend to introduce a further 10k race as part
of the overall event.  We anticipate this will increase interest and participation.  Internal
Active and Creative Communities budgets will be used wherever possible to cover
costs.   
3. Measures of success 
3.1  The council’s commitment to a successful community event, which supports health and
wellbeing, while offering a fun, participative opportunity for all.   
4. Supporting documentation 
None 
Lyall Rennie
Chief Officer (Community Operations) 
Page 184 of 206

Page 185

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Budget is proposed to remain the same.
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
data subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐  
Page 185 of 206

Page 186

5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has
an assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Subject to agreement to proceed, we will continue to work with colleagues in
Corporate Communications to promote the event. 
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
All risks managed in line with ACC overall risk management plan. 
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services.  
Page 186 of 206

Page 187

5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
Page 187 of 206

Page 188

Page 188 of 206

Page 189

North Lanarkshire Council Report 
Policy and Strategy Committee 
Does this report require to be approved? ☒ Yes   ☐ No
Ref LR/REB Date  17/09/26 
Mileage Allowance for Parent and Carer Transport – Children and
Young People with Additional Support Needs 
From  Lyall Rennie, Chief Officer (Community Operations)  
E-mail RennieLy@northlan.gov.uk   
Executive Summary
North Lanarkshire Council, as education authority, has statutory responsibilities in relation
to the provision of school education and school transport, including meeting the needs of
children and young people with additional support needs (ASN). 
For some children and young people with ASN, individual transport arrangements are
required to enable them to attend school and access their education. While the Council
provides a range of transport arrangements according to individual circumstances, there
are cases where, by agreement with the Council, a parent or carer transports their child to
and from school using their own vehicle. In these circumstances, the Council may provide
a mileage allowance in recognition of the journeys undertaken. 
The current mileage allowance payable under these arrangements is 45 pence per mile.
From the 2026/27 tax year, HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC) increased its approved
mileage rate for cars and vans from 45 pence to 55 pence per mile for the first 10,000
miles. 
It is proposed that the Council increases the mileage allowance payable to parents and
carers who provide agreed transport for children and young people with ASN from 45 pence
to 55 pence per mile, backdated to 1 April 2026. 
To provide a clear and sustainable basis for the allowance in future years, it is also
proposed that the rate is aligned to the prevailing HMRC approved mileage rate, enabling
future changes to the rate to be applied administratively without the requirement for further
Committee approval on each occasion. 
The proposal recognises the important contribution made by parents and carers in
supporting appropriate and flexible transport arrangements for children and young people
with ASN and ensures that the Council's mileage allowance reflects the current nationally
recognised rate. 
Recommendations
It is recommended that Policy and Strategy Committee: 
(1) Approve an increase in the mileage allowance payable to parents and carers providing
agreed transport for children and young people with additional support needs from 45
pence to 55 pence per mile, backdated to 1 April 2026; 
Item 13
Page 189 of 206

Page 190

1. Background 
1.1 North Lanarkshire Council, in its capacity as education authority, has a range of
statutory duties in relation to the provision of school education and support for children
and young people with additional support needs. 
1.2 Section 51 of the Education (Scotland) Act 1980 requires an education authority to
make such arrangements as it considers necessary for the provision of transport for
pupils residing and attending schools within its area. In considering the arrangements
to be made, the Council is required to have regard to the safety of pupils. 
1.3 The legislation provides education authorities with discretion as to how appropriate
transport arrangements are delivered. This can include the provision of dedicated
school transport, use of public transport, taxis or other appropriate vehicles, the
provision of other suitable means of transport, payment of allowances in lieu, or
payment of some or all of travelling expenses. 
1.4 These responsibilities operate alongside the Council's duties under the Education
(Additional Support for Learning) (Scotland) Act 2004. In exercising its functions in
relation to school education, the Council requires to take account of the additional
support needs of individual children and young people and make adequate and efficient
provision for such additional support as is required, subject to the statutory provisions
of that Act. 
1.5 Current Scottish Government School Transport Guidance also provides that local
authorities should consider whether a child or young person's medical condition,
disability or additional support needs affect their ability to walk or use other transport
and whether there is consequently a need for school transport. 
1.6 Transport arrangements for children and young people with ASN are therefore
determined having regard to individual circumstances and the most appropriate means
of enabling the child or young person to access their education safely and effectively. 
2. Report 
2.1 The Council provides a range of transport arrangements for eligible children and young
people with additional support needs. These arrangements are determined according 
(2) Agree that, from 1 April 2026 onwards, the mileage allowance will be aligned to the
prevailing HMRC approved mileage rate for cars and vans; and 
(3) Agree to apply future changes to the mileage allowance in accordance with any
changes made by HMRC, without the requirement for further Committee approval. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  Support all children and young people to realise their full potential
Ambition statement (10) Engage with children, young people, parents, carers, and
families to help all children and young people reach their full potential
Programme of
Work Statutory / corporate / service requirement
Page 190 of 206

Page 191

to individual need and can include dedicated school transport, taxis and other
appropriate transport provision. 
2.2 In some circumstances, it is appropriate and mutually beneficial for a parent or carer to
transport their child to and from school using their own vehicle. Such arrangements can
provide greater flexibility for the child and family while providing an effective alternative
to transport commissioned directly by the Council. Where this arrangement has been
agreed by the Council, parents and carers are currently able to claim a mileage
allowance of 45 pence per mile in respect of the agreed journeys undertaken. 
2.3 The mileage allowance is intended to make a contribution towards the costs incurred
by parents and carers where they undertake transport which would otherwise require
to be considered as part of the Council's arrangements for meeting the child's
transport needs. 
2.4 HM Revenue and Customs publishes approved mileage rates which provide a
nationally recognised benchmark for the costs associated with the use of a private
vehicle for qualifying journeys. For the 2026/27 tax year, HMRC has increased the
approved mileage rate for cars and vans from 45 pence to 55 pence per mile for the
first 10,000 miles, with the rate thereafter remaining at 25 pence per mile.  
2.5 The Council's existing rate of 45 pence per mile reflected the previous HMRC
approved rate. Following the increase in the national rate, it is appropriate to review
the allowance paid to parents and carers undertaking agreed ASN transport. 
2.6 It is proposed that the Council's mileage allowance for parents and carers providing
agreed transport for children and young people with ASN is increased from 45 pence
to 55 pence per mile. It is further proposed that the increase is backdated to 1 April
2026, ensuring that eligible parents and carers receive the increased rate in respect
of agreed journeys undertaken from that date. 
2.7 Appropriate arrangements will be made to identify mileage payments already made in
respect of the period from 1 April 2026 and to calculate and make any retrospective
payments due as a consequence of the increased rate. The proposed increase
provides consistency with the nationally recognised HMRC rate and ensures that the
allowance better reflects the costs incurred by parents and carers in using their own
vehicles to support their child's attendance at school. 
2.8 The arrangement also supports the Council in maintaining a flexible range of transport
options. Where appropriate for the individual child or young person, parent or carer
transport may provide an effective and proportionate alternative to transport
commissioned directly by the Council. 
2.9 Rather than requiring the mileage allowance to be separately reviewed following each
future change to the HMRC rate, it is proposed that the Council formally aligns the
allowance with the prevailing HMRC approved mileage rate for cars and vans. This will
establish a transparent and objective basis for determining the allowance and ensure
that it continues to reflect changes to the nationally recognised mileage rate. 
Conclusion 
2.10 The Council has an important responsibility to ensure that appropriate arrangements
are in place to support children and young people with additional support needs to
access their education. Parent and carer transport forms part of the range of
arrangements available to the Council and, where appropriate to the individual
Page 191 of 206

Page 192

circumstances, can provide a flexible and effective means of supporting school
attendance. 
2.11 Increasing the mileage allowance from 45 pence to 55 pence per mile, backdated to 1
April 2026, will align the Council's allowance with the current HMRC approved mileage
rate and provide appropriate recognition of the costs incurred by parents and carers
undertaking agreed transport. Aligning the allowance with the prevailing HMRC rate on
an ongoing basis will also establish a clear, consistent and sustainable mechanism for
determining the rate in future years. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1  The proposal will be considered successful where: 
3.1.1 Eligible parents and carers receive the revised allowance and any retrospective
payment due; 
3.1.2 The mileage allowance remains aligned with the prevailing HMRC rate; and 
3.1.3 Appropriate and flexible transport arrangements continue to support children
and young people with ASN to access their education. 
4. Supporting documentation 
None. 
Lyall Rennie
Chief Officer (Community Operations) 
Page 192 of 206

Page 193

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Increasing the mileage allowance from 45 pence to 55 pence per mile and
backdating the increase to 1 April 2026 will result in an additional cost to the Council.
At the end of academic session 2025/26, 194 pupils were in receipt of parental travel
expenses, reimbursed at 45 pence per mile. The total expenditure in the 2025/26
financial year was £272,397. For academic session 2026/27, the number of pupils in
receipt of parental travel expenses has increased to approximately 203. Based on
the existing rate of 45 pence per mile, projected expenditure for 2026/27 was
£286,714. Applying the proposed rate of 55 pence per mile increases projected
expenditure to approximately £323,834, representing an additional projected cost of
£37,120. The additional expenditure arising from the increased mileage rate,
including the cost of applying the revised rate retrospectively from 1 April 2026, will
be met from within existing Education and Families budgets. Future expenditure will
vary according to the number of eligible pupils, the journeys and distances involved
and any future changes to the applicable HMRC approved mileage rate. 
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Page 193 of 206

Page 194

Section 51 of the Education (Scotland) Act 1980 requires the Council, as education
authority, to make such arrangements as it considers necessary for the provision of
school transport and provides discretion as to the nature of those arrangements,
including the payment of allowances in lieu and travelling expenses. The Council
must also have regard to pupil safety. The proposal also supports the Council's wider
responsibilities under the Education (Additional Support for Learning) (Scotland) Act
2004 to take account of and make appropriate provision for the additional support
needs of children and young people for whose school education it is responsible.
The proposed change does not introduce any new statutory duty but supports the
Council's existing arrangements for the discharge of these responsibilities. 
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒  
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
data subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has
an assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Parents and carers affected by the change will require to be advised of the revised
mileage rate, its retrospective application from 1 April 2026 and the arrangements
for any additional payments due. Relevant Council guidance and information will also
require to be updated. 
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☒ No ☐
Page 194 of 206

Page 195

If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
There is a risk that failure to maintain appropriate and sustainable transport
arrangements could affect the Council's ability to support eligible children and young
people to access their education. Aligning the mileage allowance with the HMRC
approved rate provides a clear and consistent basis for reimbursement and supports
the continued availability of parent and carer transport where this forms part of an
agreed transport arrangement. 
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services. 
5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
The proposal directly relates to children and young people with additional support
needs and supports their ability to access education through appropriate transport
arrangements. The proposal is intended to promote their wellbeing, inclusion and
effective participation in education. 
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
Page 195 of 206

Page 196

Page 196 of 206

Page 197

North Lanarkshire Council
Report 
Does this report require to be approved? ☒ Yes ☐ No
Ref: JMcK/MMcB Date: 17 September 2026 
From James McKinstry, Chief Officer (Assets and Procurement)
E-mail mckinstryj@northlan.gov.uk 
Executive Summary 
In accordance with the councils General Contract Standing Orders (GCSOs), the Committee is asked
to approve the award of a contract for Professional Services Development Agreement for Glenboig
Community Hub (the ‘Agreement’) following the undertaking of a procurement procedure as detailed
within this report below. 
Recommendations 
It is recommended that Policy and Strategy Committee: 
(1) Approve that the Property Manager (Estate Development) will conclude the contract activities
to finalise the commercial costs necessary for contract award as described in Section 2 and
Appendix 1 of this report; 
(2) Approves the award of the Agreement to Morgan Sindall Construction & Infrastructure Limited
(the “Contractor”) at the approximate value of Two Million, Five Hundred Thousand Pounds
Sterling (£2,500,000.00) exclusive of VAT and subject to commercial finalisation across the
Agreements full term which is made up of a period of approximately 18 months that is
anticipated to commence on 21 September 2026. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire 
Priority All priorities 
Ambition Statement All ambition statements 
Programme of Work Transforming Places 
1. Background 
1.1 Glenboig Primary School requires a new build primary school due to significant levels of
housebuilding in the Glenboig area. The existing primary school will reach operational
capacity as the school roll continues to increase as the proposed housebuilding comes
forward. The existing primary school is within the council’s Education 2010 PPP Estate and
is operated by Transform Schoos North Lanarkshire (TSNL).  
Policy and Strategy Committee
Contract Award for Professional Services Development Agreement for
Glenboig Community Hub
Item 14
Page 197 of 206

Page 198

1.2 In tandem with procuring and developing Glenboig Community Hub, the Hub Delivery Team
have managed the procurement and construction of temporary accommodation at the
existing facility to accommodate the school roll until the construction of the new facility is
complete. 
1.3 Funding was approved for Glenboig Community at Policy and Strategy Committee in March
2024. 
1.4 Following previous procurement exercises to procure Project Manager, Quantity Surveyor,
NEC4 Supervisor, Compliance Monitor and Principal Designer services to support the project,
this procurement exercise seeks to appoint a Tier 1 contractor to take forward the initial stage
of a two stage design and build process via the SCAPE Scotland Construction framework
agreement (the “Framework”). 
1.5 SCAPE Scotland is a widely used construction procurement organisation used throughout
the Public Sector in Scotland with their various framework agreement offerings operating via
a Direct Award call off mechanism. Two contractors are appointed to the Framework for
projects of this size – Morgan Sindall Construction & Infrastructure Limited (Lot 3) and
McLaughlin & Harvey Construction Limited (Lot 4). To demonstrate best value, the Hub
Delivery Team utilised SCAPE’s contractor selection process to obtain a quality questionnaire
and interview both contractors prior to selecting a successful contractor to take the project
forward. 
1.6 Following the contractor selection process, the Hub Delivery Team selected Morgan Sindall
Construction & Infrastructure Limited (the “Contractor”) who received the highest score during
this process. The Framework allows a period of 6-8 weeks for a feasibility study to be
undertaken to ensure, prior to formal appointment, that the Contractor can work within the
council’s programme, budget and objectives for the project. 
1.7 The Contractor submitted their feasibility study to the council in early August 2026 and the
Hub Delivery Team will continue to review this accordingly to ensure that it is aligned to our
project objectives, programme and budget requirements. 
1.8 This procurement exercise seeks to appoint the Contractor to undertake professional services
associated with the design and development of Glenboig Commnity Hub. These services
include the appointment of an Architect, Mechanical and Electrical Engineer, Civil and
Structural Engineer, Landscape Architect and other professionals required to contribute to
the design of the community hub along with the completion of site investigations and other
site-specific surveys. A further Contract Award Report will be brought before Committee in
future for the construction of the hub. 
1.9 To enable appropriate development and execution of the procedure required to form the
Agreement, a panel of technical and procurement representatives (the “User Intelligence
Group (UIG)”) was formed. 
1.10 The UIG were responsible for developing the required internal contract strategy (the “Contract 
Strategy“) for the Agreement. The Contract Strategy sets out the parameters and approaches 
the council would apply within the procurement, tendering, contracting and end of life stages 
of the Agreement following appropriate analysis, research and investigation to ensure the 
council achieves maximum benefit where possible. In accordance with GCSO 4.4, a Contract 
Strategy was developed for this project and is subject to ongoing review while the two-stage 
design and build process is undertaken through the Framework. 
Page 198 of 206

Page 199

2. Report 
2.1 The procurement procedure was undertaken as a “Direct Award”. A Direct Award is a
procurement procedure where an overarching framework agreement allows the council to
directly engage and contract with an appointed contractor that has already went through a
full competitive procurement procedure in a more efficient manner as per the framework
agreements terms and conditions. 
2.2 Within the associated Contract Strategy for the Agreement, the overarching framework
agreement and determination of whether Best Value was achievable via the Direct Award
procurement, the recommended Contractor was identified, engaged and issued an invitation
to tender to formalise the Agreement. 
2.3 The tender received from the recommended Contractor underwent appropriate appraisal to
ensure it was complete / compliant with the council’s requirements and demonstrated Best
Value. 
2.4 Appendix 1 provides a summary of the procurement procedure undertaken including the key
considerations and outcomes. 
Financial / Budget Consideration 
2.5 Gardiner and Theobald LLP who are the appointed Project Manager and Quantity Surveyor
on the project will review and validate the contents of the submitted feasibility study to ensure
that it represents best value for the council prior to entering into any contract for the
professional services outlined in this report. 
2.6 The Hub Delivery Team are working alongside the external consultancy noted above to
finalise the contract value. The current indicative value is £2,500,000 which is subject to
finalisation and agreement of acceptable commercial terms. 
Price Stability 
2.7 The price of the professional services contract will remain fixed for the duration of the
contract, subject to the provisions of the contract conditions. 
2.8 The council has multiple projects where similar services have been procured via historic
routes to market. It also has access to framework information from SCAPE Scotland to ensure
that the costs of the professional services demonstrate best value. 
Community Benefits 
2.9 The council is committed to maximising the delivery of community benefits. The procurement
included a community benefit requirement, this approach is designed to deliver local
community benefits where possible. 
2.10 Within their tender, the recommended Contractor committed to deliver community benefits
as detailed within Appendix 1 of this report. The Hub Delivery Team are currently agreeing
the proposals for the delivery of community benefits over the duration of the development
and construction of the community hub, similar to those delivered on other community hub
projects including, but not limited to, full time employment, apprenticeships and training
opportunities. 
Page 199 of 206

Page 200

Fair Work First and Payment of the Living Wage 
2.11 Within their tender submission to obtain appointment to the overarching framework
agreement the Contractor intimated that they would commit to SCAPE’s Fair Work First
Statement which covers the following areas of the Scottish Governments “Fair Work First”
initiative: 
• Effective Voice
• Security
• Opportunity
• Fulfilment; and
• Respect 
2.12 Further information on the Living Wage status of the recommended Contractor is detailed in
Appendix 1. 
Contract Management 
2.13  Officers from the Hub Delivery Team within Assets and Procurement will be responsible for
managing the Agreement which will be undertaken in accordance with the contract and
supplier management conditions applied within the Agreement. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1 The Agreement will deliver the following outcomes; 
• Best Value will be demonstrated as outlined in Appendix 1; 
• The appointment of an experienced Contractor who has the experience and capability to 
deliver high-quality service to the council which will contribute to the mitigation of the 
projects overall risk profile and contribute to overall project success. 
• A completed procurement procedure which is compliant with all the relevant procurement 
legislation, overarching framework agreement and the council’s General Contract 
Standing Orders. 
• Secure a range of community benefits which align to strategic objectives and are compliant 
with the over-arching SCAPE Scotland Construction Framework Agreement. 
4. Supporting documents 
4.1 Appendix 1 Summary of Procurement Procedure. 
James McKinstry
Chief Officer (Assets and Procurement) 
Page 200 of 206

Page 201

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public Sector
Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
SCAPE Scotlands Construction framework provides Fair Work First Principles which the
selected contractor has committed to working within. The Contractor is bound by these
principles for the duration of their time on the framework. 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s website?
https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-and-fairer-
scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.2 Financial impact   
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with Finance? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
Available budget is contained within the Town and Community Hub capital programme.
Glenboig Community Hub and associated professional services was granted approval to
proceed to procurement in September 2025 via the Town and Community Hub Steering
Group.
5.3 HR policy impact   
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.4 Legal impact   
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
All procurement procedures will have potential legal implications however throughout this
Agreement, compliance with the councils General Contract Standing Orders and the
relevant procurement regulations has been maintained with advice from colleagues in
Corporate Procurement and Legal Services sought as and when required. 
Legal Services are advising on the contract terms that the Contractor will awarded on. No
significant amendments to these terms were proposed by Legal Services or the
contractor.  
Page 201 of 206

Page 202

5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal data?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the data
subject?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-mailed
to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk
Yes ☒ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management, or
connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has an
assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the Enterprise
Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.8 Communications impact
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.9 Risk impact
Is there a risk impact?
Yes ☒ No ☐
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts, highlighting
where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or Service or Project Risk
Registers), and how they are managed?
Programme risks are managed via Figtree. Specific project risks will be managed via
project risk register and regularly reviewed to ensure effective risk management and
mitigation.
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e. does
it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-Service
personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to ensure
there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the Armed Forces
community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage compared to other citizens in
the provision of public services.  
Page 202 of 206

Page 203

5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service delivery,
policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the age of 18, or on
a specific group of these? 
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has been
made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant Articles from the
United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC).
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been carried
out?
Yes ☐ No ☐
Page 203 of 206

Page 204

Appendix 1 – Summary of Procurement Procedure 
Overview
Reference NLC-SLP-24-021
Title Professional Design Services for the Development of Glenboig Community Hub
Classification Services - Standard
Responsible Chief
Officer and Position James McKinstry, Chief Officer (Assets and Procurement) 
Competition
Governance by Value Overarching Framework Agreements terms and condition in accordance with the Councils General Contract
Standing Orders
Route to Market Direct Award from a Third-Party Framework Agreement
Framework Agreement
Title, Ref and Lot Info SCAPE Scotland Construction Framework Lot 3
Interest No. of Lot / Framework
Agreement Appointments Two Date ITT Package Issued
(If Applicable) 26 February 2026
Direct Award Basis Best Value Assessment of Framework Contractors in Accordance with the Framework Agreement 
How Has “Best Value”
Been Demonstrated?
By utilising a Direct Award, it allows the council to directly engage and contract with an appointed contractor that
has already went through a full competitive procurement procedure in a more efficient manner as per the
framework agreements terms and conditions. 
A contractor selection process was undertaken to determine the most suitable contractor to direct award to. This
process consisted of a quality only assessment of a questionnaire issued by the council. Both suppliers were also
interview to ensure that they were suitable for the contract. Morgan Sindall Construction scored highest on this
assessment and therefore, was chosen as the most appropriate contractor to direct award to. 
Award Details
General Overview Total / Maximum Value £2,500,000 (approximate
subject to finalisation)
Contract Duration
(Months)
Approximately 18 months
(subject to finalisation)
Contractor Registered
Name(s) Morgan Sindall Construction & Infrastructure Limited
Page 204 of 206

Page 205

Contractor Overview Registered Local Authority
Area North Lanarkshire Contractor(s) Size Large
Living Wage Paying the Living Wage Yes Living Wage Accredited Yes 
Overview of
Community Benefits
Morgan Sindall have committed to delivering community benefits on this project. The Hub Delivery Team are
currently agreeing the proposals for the delivery of community benefits over the duration of the development and
construction of the community hub, similar to those delivered on other community hub projects including, but not
limited to, full time employment, apprenticeships and training opportunities. The agreed benefits will align to
SCAPE Scotlands Social Value KPI framework. 
Additional Comments
Within the original tendering process for the SCAPE Construction Framework, Fair Work First formed part of the
criteria that contractors were required to adhere to. SCAPE have their own Fair Work First statement which each
contractor appointed to the framework has signed up to. 
Impacts
Summary,
Public Sector
Equality Duty
and Fairer
Scotland Duty 
☐ HR Policy
Impact  ☐  Data Protection
Impact  ☒  Environment /
Carbon Impact  ☐  Risk Impact  ☒
Children’s
Rights and
Wellbeing
Impact 
☐
Financial
Impact  ☒  Legal Impact  ☒  Technology /
Digital Impact  ☐  Comms impact  ☐  Armed Forces
Covenant Duty  ☐ 
Page 205 of 206

Page 206

Page 206 of 206